WO2023241671A1 - Positioning broadcast configuration method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Positioning broadcast configuration method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023241671A1
WO2023241671A1 PCT/CN2023/100546 CN2023100546W WO2023241671A1 WO 2023241671 A1 WO2023241671 A1 WO 2023241671A1 CN 2023100546 W CN2023100546 W CN 2023100546W WO 2023241671 A1 WO2023241671 A1 WO 2023241671A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
access network
network device
configuration information
srs
srs configuration
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/100546
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
郭英昊
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023241671A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023241671A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/025Services making use of location information using location based information parameters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a positioning broadcast configuration method and a communications device.
  • positioning function is one of the important functions.
  • the position of the terminal device can be obtained according to the positioning function, and various application scenarios can be constructed, such as emergency rescue positioning, navigation or traffic control.
  • the positioning function in wireless communication technology can be realized through positioning technology based on reference signals.
  • positioning technology based on reference signals includes uplink positioning technology based on terminal equipment sending sounding reference signals (SRS).
  • SRS sounding reference signals
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method and communication device provided by the embodiments of the present application can optimize the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal to save network resources.
  • the first aspect provides a configuration method for positioning broadcast.
  • This method can be executed by the positioning management network element, or can be executed by the components of the positioning management network element, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the positioning management network element. It can also be implemented by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the positioning and management network element functions.
  • the following description takes the method executed by the positioning management network element as an example.
  • the method includes: a positioning management network element generates a positioning system information block posSIB, and sends a first message to a first access network device.
  • the first message includes posSIB, and the first message is used to instruct the first access network device to send posSIB, where posSIB includes first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, and the first SRS configuration information includes candidate One or more SRS configuration information in the SRS configuration information, the candidate SRS configuration information includes the SRS configuration information that each access network device in at least one access network device expects to receive, and the first access network device is A determined access network device among at least one access network device.
  • the first SRS configuration information in posSIB may include SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, or may also include SRS configuration information corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device. SRS configuration information. Furthermore, after the first access network device broadcasts posSIB, multiple terminal devices stationed in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling. Alternatively, the SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources to improve the utilization of uplink positioning resources. Therefore, based on the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
  • the posSIB also includes one or more of the following: a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, a global cell identity CGI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and a physical cell identity corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the absolute radio frequency channel number ARFCN corresponding to the SRS configuration information, the single frequency network SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the synchronization signal/physical layer broadcast channel block SSB configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and the first SRS The spatial direction information corresponding to the configuration information, the geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the transmission reception point transmission timing deviation group TRP TEG association corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, or TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the first aspect further includes: the positioning management network element receives candidate SRS configuration information; the positioning management network element determines one or more SRS configurations in the candidate SRS configuration information. information as the first SRS configuration information.
  • the positioning management network element receives the candidate SRS configuration.
  • the positioning management network element can trigger the process of broadcasting posSIB. That is to say, at least one access network device can actively trigger the positioning broadcast process of broadcasting SRS configuration information.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information includes the configuration of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive in at least one cell or at least one frequency point or at least one geographical area. information.
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the first aspect further includes: the positioning management network element sends the first message to the first access network device.
  • the network device sends a second message, the second message carries the first SRS configuration information, and the second message is used to request the first access network device to configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information;
  • the positioning management network element receives data from the first access network
  • the third message of the device the third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information; or, the positioning management network element sends a message to the first access network device and communicates with the first access network device.
  • the adjacent access network device sends a second message, the second message carries the first SRS configuration information, and the second message is used to request the first access network device and the access network device adjacent to the first access network device according to
  • the first SRS configuration information performs resource configuration;
  • the positioning management network element receives a third message from the first access network device and an access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • the third message is used to indicate the first access network device.
  • the network access device and the access network device adjacent to the first access network device perform resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information. That is to say, whether the current first access network device can perform resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information can be determined through the second message and the third message.
  • the positioning management network element can re-determine the new first SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information and send the third SRS configuration information to the target access network device. Two messages.
  • the third message includes area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information. Since the first access network device or the access network device adjacent to the first access network device may change or update the area information corresponding to the configuration information of the SRS that is expected to be received, the positioning management network element can obtain the information through the third message. Area information corresponding to the updated first SRS configuration information.
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the first aspect further includes: the positioning management network element sends a fourth message to at least one access network device, The fourth message is used to request configuration information of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive. Since the positioning management network element can actively send the fourth message to request candidate SRS configuration information, the positioning management network element can then perform positioning broadcast configuration according to the acquired candidate SRS configuration information. That is to say, the positioning management network element is supported to request candidate SRS configuration information on demand according to positioning requirements, and then perform positioning broadcast.
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the first aspect further includes: the positioning management network element receives area information corresponding to the candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the area information includes one or more of the following information: cell information, frequency point information, or geographical area information.
  • the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a cell list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • a positioning broadcast configuration method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by the first access network device, or can be performed by components of the first access network device, such as the processor, chip, or chip system, etc., and can also be implemented by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the first access network device.
  • the following description takes the method being executed by the first access network device as an example.
  • the method includes: a first access network device receiving a first message from a positioning management network element, and sending posSIB according to the first message.
  • the first message includes posSIB.
  • the posSIB includes first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device.
  • the first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information among candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information The information includes configuration information of the SRS that each access network device in the at least one access network device expects to receive, and the first access network device is an access network device determined in the at least one access network device.
  • the first SRS configuration information may include SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, or may also include information related to the first access network device. SRS configuration information corresponding to the neighboring access network equipment. Furthermore, after the first access network device broadcasts posSIB, multiple terminal devices camping in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling, or The SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can also be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources to improve the utilization of uplink positioning resources. Therefore, based on the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
  • the posSIB also includes one or more of the following: a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, a global cell identity CGI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and a physical cell identity corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the absolute radio frequency channel number ARFCN corresponding to the SRS configuration information, the single frequency network SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the synchronization signal/physical layer broadcast channel block SSB configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and the first SRS The spatial direction information corresponding to the configuration information, the geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the transmission reception point transmission timing deviation group TRP TEG association corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, or TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the second aspect further includes: the first access network device sends a message to the positioning management network element.
  • Management network The element sends the configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information includes the configuration of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive in at least one cell or at least one frequency point or at least one geographical area. information.
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the second aspect further includes: the first access network device receives the first message from the positioning management network element.
  • the second message of the positioning management network element the second message carries the first SRS configuration information; the first access network device determines to support resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information; the first access network device sends the second message to the positioning management network element.
  • the third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the third message includes area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the second aspect also The method includes: the first access network device receives a fourth message from the positioning management network element, and the fourth message is used to request SRS configuration information that the first access network device expects to receive.
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the second aspect further includes: the first access network device sending configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element. Corresponding regional information.
  • the area information includes one or more of the following: cell information, frequency point information, or geographical area information.
  • the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a cell list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • a communication device for implementing the various methods mentioned above.
  • the communication device may be the positioning management network element in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned positioning management network element, or a device included in the above-mentioned positioning management network element, such as a chip; or the communication device may be the above-mentioned second positioning management network element.
  • the first access network device in the aspect or a device including the above-mentioned first access network device, or a device included in the above-mentioned first access network device.
  • the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method.
  • the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the transceiver module can be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • This processing module can be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • a fourth aspect provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device performs the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • the communication device may be the positioning management network element in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned positioning management network element, or a device included in the above-mentioned positioning management network element, such as a chip; or the communication device may be the above-mentioned second positioning management network element.
  • the first access network equipment in the aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned first access network equipment, or the above-mentioned first access network equipment A device included in access network equipment.
  • a communication device including: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to communicate with modules external to the communication device; the processor is used to execute computer programs or instructions to enable the communication device Perform any of the methods described above.
  • the communication device may be the positioning management network element in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned positioning management network element, or a device included in the above-mentioned positioning management network element, such as a chip; or the communication device may be the above-mentioned second positioning management network element.
  • the first access network device in the aspect or a device including the above-mentioned first access network device, or a device included in the above-mentioned first access network device.
  • a sixth aspect provides a communication device, including: at least one processor; the processor is configured to execute a computer program or instructions stored in a memory, so that the communication device executes the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • the memory may be coupled to the processor, or may be independent of the processor.
  • the communication device may be the positioning management network element in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned positioning management network element, or a device included in the above-mentioned positioning management network element, such as a chip; or the communication device may be the above-mentioned second positioning management network element.
  • the first access network device in the aspect or a device including the above-mentioned first access network device, or a device included in the above-mentioned first access network device.
  • a computer-readable storage medium In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. Computer programs or instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When run on a communication device, the communication device can perform the method described in any of the above aspects. .
  • An eighth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a communication device, enables the communication device to perform the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system).
  • the communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions involved in any of the above aspects.
  • the communication device includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
  • the device when it is a system-on-a-chip, it may be composed of a chip or may include chips and other discrete components.
  • the communication device provided in any one of the third to ninth aspects is a chip
  • the above-mentioned sending action/function can be understood as output
  • the above-mentioned receiving action/function can be understood as input.
  • the technical effects brought by any one of the design methods in the third aspect to the ninth aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought by the different design methods in the first aspect or the second aspect, and will not be described again here.
  • a tenth aspect provides a communication system, which includes the positioning management network element described in the above aspect and the first access network device described in the above aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a positioning broadcast process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of an on-demand PRS request process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic architectural diagram of a positioning broadcast configuration system of the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram 1 of the relationship between terminal equipment, NG-RAN equipment, LMF and AMF provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 5 shows the relationship between terminal equipment, NG-RAN equipment, LMF and AMF provided by the embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart 1 of the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic distribution diagram of at least one access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is another schematic distribution diagram of at least one access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart 2 of the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG 11 is a schematic flowchart three of the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning management network element provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the SRS in the embodiment of the present application may include version 15 (reversion 15, R15) and the uplink reference signal for multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) used in previous versions (ie, MIMO-SRS), version 16
  • the uplink positioning reference signal positioning sounding reference signal, pos-SRS proposed by (reversion16, R16) dedicated to positioning or other reference signals in the future.
  • the SRS configuration information is used by the terminal device to send SRS.
  • the SRS configuration information can be resource configured by the access network device, and then the access network device can send the SRS configuration information to the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • the SRS configuration information may include a method of transmitting SRS, time domain resources or frequency domain resources, etc.
  • the following takes the new radio (NR) system as an example to introduce the content included in the SRS configuration information.
  • SRS resource set and SRS resource are introduced.
  • SRS configuration information may include one or more SRS resource sets, or one or more SRS resources.
  • An SRS resource set may include one or more SRS resources.
  • An SRS resource can include one or more of the following:
  • one SRS resource can be configured with 1, 2 or 4 antenna ports.
  • Time domain position In the NR system, the time domain position includes the index and starting position of the occupied orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol.
  • the OFDM symbol index can indicate the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the SRS resource.
  • One SRS resource can be configured with 1, 2, 4, 8 or 12 OFDM symbols, and the starting position can be given by the field startPosition.
  • SRS resources can be divided into periodic (periodic), semi-persistent (semi-persistent) or aperiodic (aperiodic).
  • periodic SRS resources For semi-persistent or periodic SRS resources, one SRS resource may include a period and a time slot offset index (time slot offset) specified for the terminal device.
  • Occupied resource block (resource element, RB) index In the NR system, one SRS resource can occupy 4-272 RBs.
  • Frequency domain comb configuration In the NR system, the comb configuration may include an index of the comb structure, where the value of the index of the comb structure may be 2 or 4.
  • an SRS resource can also include the repetition factor (field repetitionFactor) of SRS transmission, the offset of the SRS resource in the frequency domain, and the frequency modulation configuration of the SRS resource.
  • repetition factor field repetitionFactor
  • TS technical standard
  • the principle of SRS-based positioning technology is to perform positioning by measuring the relevant parameters of the SRS sent by the access network equipment received by the terminal equipment.
  • the relevant parameters of SRS can be, for example, observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) or angle of arrival (arrival of arrival, AOA).
  • OTDOA observed time difference of arrival
  • AOA angle of arrival
  • Exemplary SRS-based positioning technology may include:
  • Uplink time difference of arrival (UL-TDOA)
  • the positioning principle of UL-TDOA is to measure the arrival time difference between different access network devices receiving SRS sent by the terminal device, and determine the location information of the terminal device based on the arrival time difference.
  • the positioning principle of UL-AOA is to measure the uplink arrival angle of the SRS sent by the access network device when it is received by the terminal device, and determine the location information of the terminal device based on the uplink arrival angle.
  • the uplink arrival angle may refer to the angle between when the SRS sent by the terminal device reaches the access network device and a certain direction (such as the horizontal plane or the normal line of the horizontal plane).
  • the uplink arrival angle of the SRS sent by the terminal device may be the angle ⁇ between the SRS sent by the terminal device and the north direction when it reaches the access network device.
  • SRS-based positioning technology can also include other positioning technologies, such as positioning technology based on multi-cell round trip time (Multi-RTT) or based on enhanced cell identity (E-CID) Positioning technology is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • Multi-RTT multi-cell round trip time
  • E-CID enhanced cell identity
  • PRS positioning reference signal
  • PRS is a downlink positioning reference signal dedicated to positioning proposed by R16.
  • PRS can be applied to positioning technologies such as downlink time difference of arrival (DL-TDOA), downlink angle of departure (DL-AOD), Multi-RTT or E-CID.
  • DL-TDOA downlink time difference of arrival
  • DL-AOD downlink angle of departure
  • E-CID E-CID
  • posSIB is a system information block (SIB) proposed by R16 specifically for broadcasting auxiliary data.
  • auxiliary data can provide expected characteristics of global navigation satellite system (GNSS) and/or PRS, such as frequency, expected arrival time, or signal encoding and decoding information.
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • PRS Physical Broadcast Service
  • the terminal device can use the positioning assistance data carried by the posSIB to obtain and measure GNSS and/or PRS.
  • assistance data may be included in posSIB.
  • posSIB can be carried by system information (SI).
  • SI system information
  • the mapping of posSIB to SI messages can be configured according to the pos-schedulingInfoList parameter included in the system information block (system information, SIB) 1.
  • SIB1 can be broadcast periodically by next-generation radio access network (NG-RAN) equipment.
  • NG-RAN next-generation radio access network
  • posSIB can be generated and encrypted by the location management function (LMF).
  • LMF location management function
  • the LMF can send posSIB to the NG-RAN device through the NR positioning protocol annex (NRPPa) message defined in TS 38.455.
  • NRPPa NR positioning protocol annex
  • the NRPPa message can be an auxiliary information control Assistance information control.
  • Auxiliary information control may include different information elements (IEs) or group names (group names). For the specific IE/group name in the auxiliary control information and the attributes corresponding to the IE/group name, please refer to the description in Table 1.
  • posSIB may include different posSIB types. Among them, different posSIB types can carry different information. For details, see the description in Table 3.
  • posSIB may include different posSIB types. Among them, different posSIB types can carry different information. For details, see the description in Table 3.
  • posSIB can deliver: GNSS public auxiliary information (posSibType1-1 ⁇ 1-10), GNSS general auxiliary information (posSibType2-1 ⁇ 2-25), OTDOA auxiliary information (posSibType3-1), barometer Auxiliary information (posSibType4-1), DL-TDOA/DL-AOD auxiliary information (posSibType6-1 ⁇ 6-5), or on-demand PRS auxiliary information (posSibType6-6).
  • a positioning broadcast process includes the following steps:
  • LMF generates network assistance data (network assistance data).
  • the network assistance data may include assistance data.
  • This network assistance data may be included in posSIB.
  • the posSIB can be carried by the above-mentioned NRPPa message.
  • the assistance data may include one or more of the following data: GNSS public assistance data, GNSS general assistance data, OTDOA assistance data, barometer assistance data, DL-TDOA/DL-AOD assistance data, or on-demand PRS assistance Data etc.
  • posSibType6-1 in the DL-TDOA/DL-AOD auxiliary data can include PRS configuration information.
  • the PRS configuration information may include one or more PRS resource sets, or one or more PRS resources.
  • a PRS resource set may include one or more PRS resources.
  • a PRS resource may include the number of antenna ports, time domain location, resource type, occupied RB index, or frequency domain comb configuration, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the LMF sends an N2 message transfer request to AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the N2 message transmission request from the LMF.
  • the N2 message transmission request may include NRPPa message 1.
  • the NRPPa message 1 may include posSIB. posSIB may include network assistance data.
  • the N2 message transmission request may also include the identification of the NG-RAN device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the AMF network element sends the N2 Transport message (N2 Transport message) 1 to the NG-RAN device.
  • the NG-RAN device receives N2 transmission message 1 from the AMF network element.
  • the N2 transmission message 1 includes NRPPa message 1.
  • the NRPPa message 1 includes posSIB.
  • the posSIB includes network assistance data.
  • the N2 transmission message 1 may also include a routing identifier for identifying the LMF, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the NG-RAN device sends a broadcast message to the terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the broadcast message from the NG-RAN device.
  • the broadcast message includes posSIB.
  • posSIB includes network assistance data. In other words, the terminal device can obtain the auxiliary data in posSIB and then perform positioning based on the auxiliary data.
  • the NG-RAN device sends N2 transmission message 2 to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the N2 transmission message 2 from the NG-RAN device.
  • the N2 transmission message 2 includes NRPPa message 2.
  • NRPPa message 2 includes assistance information feedback (assistance info feedback).
  • the auxiliary information feedback includes the situation where the NG-RAN device sends posSIB.
  • the circumstances under which the NG-RAN device sends posSIB may include whether the NG-RAN device sends the posSIB, and/or the cell to which the NG-RAN device fails to send posSIB, etc. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the content included in the auxiliary information feedback can be found in the description of Table 4.
  • the AMF sends an N2 information notification (N2InfoNotify) message to the LMF.
  • N2InfoNotify an N2 information notification
  • the LMF receives the N2 information notification message from the AMF.
  • the N2 information notification message includes the above-mentioned NRPPa message 2.
  • LMF can obtain the above-mentioned auxiliary information feedback.
  • Step S103 may be executed first, and then step S104 may be executed; or it may be Step S104 is executed first, and then step S103 is executed; the above step S103 and step S104 may also be executed at the same time, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the LMF may encrypt the network assistance data.
  • the network assistance data in step S101, step S102 and step S103 may be encrypted network assistance data.
  • the terminal device After receiving the encrypted network assistance data, the terminal device can decrypt the encrypted network assistance data through a key corresponding to the encrypted network assistance data. Accordingly, this key can be provided by the LMF.
  • the LMF can also broadcast network assistance data to the terminal device by interacting with other network elements or functional nodes or modules, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • posSIB may include on-demand PRS requests.
  • the on-demand PRS request can cause the PRS configuration information to be broadcast by posSIB on demand or through an event trigger.
  • the following takes NG-RAN equipment including the next generation node B (gNodeB, gNB) or transmission and reception point (TRP) in the NR system as an example to introduce the process of on-demand PRS request.
  • gNodeB next generation node B
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • NR-RAN equipment can be divided into serving access network equipment or neighboring cell access network equipment of the terminal equipment.
  • the serving access network device may include a serving gNB or a serving TRP, and the neighbor access network device may include at least one neighbor gNB or neighbor TRP.
  • the service access network equipment refers to the access network equipment that provides connection services for terminal equipment
  • the neighboring access network equipment refers to the terminal equipment that can detect the signal of the access network equipment but does not provide connections for the terminal equipment.
  • the access network equipment of the service alternatively, the access network equipment of the neighboring cell may be the access network equipment adjacent to the service access network equipment, which will be explained here uniformly and will not be described in detail below.
  • the on-demand PRS request process includes:
  • the LMF sends a configuration request of the on-demand PRS request to the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device.
  • the serving access network device and/or the neighbor access network device receives the configuration request of the on-demand PRS request from the LMF.
  • the configuration request of the on-demand PRS request is used to request to obtain relevant parameters related to PRS on the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device.
  • the configuration request of the on-demand PRS request may be carried by NRPPa message 3.
  • the NRPPa message 3 includes a TRP information request (TRP information request).
  • TRP information request The contents that can be requested by TRP information request include: information requested by on-demand PRS, NR physical cell ID (PCI), NG-RAN global cell identifier (CGI), NR Absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN), single frequency network (SFN) initialization time (initialisation time), synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SSB) ) configuration, spatial direction information (spatial direction information), geographical coordinates (geographical coordinates), TRP transmission timing error group (TEG) association, or TRP beam antenna information (beam antenna information), etc.
  • PCI physical cell ID
  • CGI NG-RAN global cell identifier
  • ARFCN NR Absolute radio frequency channel number
  • SFN single frequency network
  • SSB synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block
  • spatial direction information spatial direction information
  • geographical coordinates geographical
  • the TRP information type item in the TRP information request can describe the content of the LMF request.
  • the TRP information type item can be set to on-demand trp prs info.
  • the LMF can send the configuration of the on-demand PRS request to the serving access network equipment and/or the neighboring cell access network equipment. Setup request.
  • the LMF may send the configuration request of the on-demand PRS request to the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device through other messages, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device sends a configuration request response of the on-demand PRS request to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives a configuration request response to the on-demand PRS request from the serving access network device and/or the neighbor access network device.
  • the configuration request response of the on-demand PRS request can include pre-defined PRS configurations (pre-defined PRS configurations).
  • the configuration request response to the on-demand PRS request may be carried by NRPPa message 4.
  • the NRPPa message 4 includes a TRP information response (TRP information response).
  • TRP information response The content included in the TRP information response (TRP information response) can be found in the description in Table 6.
  • the TRP information response includes TRP information.
  • the TRP information may include predefined PRS configuration.
  • the TRP information may include on-demand PRS TRP information (on-demand PRS TRP information) as shown in Table 7.
  • the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device may send a configuration request response to the on-demand PRS request to the LMF through other messages, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the LMF sends the predefined PRS configuration to the terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the predefined PRS configuration from the LMF.
  • the terminal device can initiate an on-demand PRS request (UE-initiated on-demand PRS), including the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends an on-demand PRS request to the LMF.
  • LMF receives the On-demand PRS requests.
  • the on-demand PRS request may be carried by a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP) message 1.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LPP LTE positioning protocol
  • LMF can initiate an on-demand PRS request (LMF-initiated on-demand PRS), including the following steps:
  • LMF obtains relevant information about the on-demand PRS request initiated by LMF through the LPP process.
  • the relevant information may include, for example, measurement results or PRS configuration.
  • the LMF determines to send the on-demand PRS request to the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device.
  • the LMF determines to send an on-demand PRS request to the serving access network device and/or the neighbor access network device.
  • the LMF sends the NRPPa message 5 to the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device.
  • the serving access network device and/or the neighboring access network device receives the NRPPa message 5 from the LMF.
  • the NRPPa message 5 includes a PRS configuration request (PRS configuration request).
  • PRS configuration request The contents included in the PRS configuration request can be found in Table 8.
  • the PRS configuration request when the PRS configuration request carries the requested DL PRS transmission characteristics (requested DL PRS transmission characteristics), it indicates that the LMF requests the specific parameters of the PRS configuration.
  • the PRS configuration request carries PRS transmission shutdown information, it means that the LMF requests PRS to be turned on or off.
  • the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device sends the NRPPa message 6 to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the NRPPa message 6 from the serving access network device and/or the neighbor access network device.
  • the NRPPa message 6 includes a PRS configuration response (PRS configuration response).
  • the PRS configuration response may include specific PRS configuration.
  • the LMF can receive the specific PRS configuration and then confirm the updated PRS configuration.
  • the content included in the PRS configuration response can be found in the description of Table 9.
  • the LMF sends the updated PRS configuration to the terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the updated PRS configuration from the LMF.
  • the updated PRS configuration may be carried by LPP message 2.
  • the LMF sending the updated PRS configuration to the terminal device may be that the LMF sends the updated PRS configuration to the serving access network device, and accordingly the serving access network device receives the updated PRS configuration from the LMF.
  • the service access network device sends posSIB to the terminal device.
  • the posSIB includes the updated PRS configuration.
  • the SRS is a reference signal sent by the terminal device and received by the access network device
  • the PRS is a reference signal sent by the access network device and received by the terminal device. They are explained here in a unified manner and will not be described in detail below. .
  • posSIB does not carry the SRS configuration information, and the SRS configuration information needs to pass additional dedicated signaling before it can be sent to the terminal device by the service node in the NR-RAN device. In this way, the terminal device needs more information to receive the SRS configuration information. network resources.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a configuration method for positioning broadcast, which can optimize the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal and save signaling overhead.
  • At least one of the following or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish identical or similar items with basically the same functions and effects. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the number and execution order, and words such as "first” and “second” do not limit the number and execution order.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) systems or NR systems.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other communication systems.
  • LTE system LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD) system system, UMTS, global interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, etc.
  • the 5G communication system involved in this application includes a non-standalone (NSA) NR system or a standalone (SA) NR system.
  • SA standalone
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • the communication system can also be a public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, or a device-to-device (D2D) communication system.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • D2D device-to-device
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic architectural diagram of a positioning broadcast configuration system according to the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning broadcast configuration system includes a positioning management network element and at least one access network device.
  • the access network device may support at least one frequency point, and may cover at least one cell, or cover at least one geographical area.
  • the geographical area may be an industrial park, a residential area, a shopping mall, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the positioning management network element and each access network device in the at least one access network device can communicate directly, or can communicate through forwarding by other devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the communication system may also include other network elements or functions or modules such as AMF, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the following description takes the interaction between the positioning management network element and at least one access network device as an example.
  • the positioning management network element generates posSIB and sends a first message to the first access network device.
  • the first message includes posSIB, and the first message is used to instruct the first access network device to send posSIB.
  • the first access network device receives the first message from the positioning management network element and sends posSIB according to the first message.
  • the posSIB includes first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, and the first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information among the candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information includes configuration information of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive.
  • the first access network device is an access network device determined by the positioning management network element in at least one access network device.
  • the first SRS configuration information in posSIB may include the configuration information of the SRS that at least one access network device expects to receive, that is, the first SRS configuration may include the SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device. , or may also include SRS configuration information corresponding to an access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device broadcasts posSIB
  • multiple terminal devices camping in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling, or The SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can also be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources, which can improve the utilization of uplink positioning network resources. Therefore, based on the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
  • the location management network element in the embodiment of the present application may be an LMF, a location manager unit (LMU), a location management component (LMC), an LMC integrated on the RAN side, or an LMC located on the NG- Local location management function (LLMF), enhanced serving mobile location center (E-SMLC), user plane secure location platform (SLP), positioning in RAN equipment Server, navigation server, etc., can also be set in LMF, E-SMLC, SLP, positioning server, navigation service The chip (system) in the server or other components with the function of locating and managing network elements.
  • the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with wireless transceiver function used to communicate with the terminal device.
  • the access network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved node B (eNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (access point) in the wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or TRP, etc.
  • the access network device may also be a gNB or TRP or TP in the 5G system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels of a base station in the 5G system.
  • the access network equipment can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or TP, such as a BBU, or a distributed unit (DU), etc.
  • gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs.
  • gNB can also include active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU).
  • CU implements some functions of gNB
  • DU implements some functions of gNB.
  • CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing RRC, and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions.
  • DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the access network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the terminal equipment (terminal equipment) in the embodiment of this application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, or a user terminal (user terminal).
  • UE terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent, user device, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, Personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolved PLMNs
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA Personal digital assistant
  • handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolved PLMNs
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the terminal equipment in the Internet of Vehicles or the terminal equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles.
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality terminal device, an augmented reality terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, or a wireless terminal in driverless driving.
  • wireless terminals wireless terminals, wireless terminals in remote surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation security, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • a wearable device may also be called a wearable smart device, which is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing human-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things.
  • IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
  • NB narrowband
  • terminal equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations.
  • the main functions include collecting data (part of the terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data of access network equipment, and Send electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to access network equipment.
  • the access network device and the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can communicate through a licensed spectrum, a license-free spectrum, or a licensed spectrum and a license-free spectrum at the same time.
  • Access network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate through spectrum below 6 gigahertz (GHz) or above 6 GHz. They can also communicate using spectrum below 6 GHz and spectrum above 6 GHz at the same time. .
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the spectrum resources used between the access network equipment and the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal equipment, access network equipment or positioning management network element in the embodiment of this application can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water; it can also be deployed in the air. On airplanes, balloons and satellites.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios of terminal equipment, access network equipment, or positioning management network elements.
  • the positioning broadcast method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems mentioned above.
  • the functions or network elements corresponding to the access network equipment in Figure 3 can be the NG-RAN equipment in the 5G communication system.
  • the function or network element corresponding to the above positioning management network element can be LMF or LMC in the 5G communication system, or it can be LLMF located in NG-RAN equipment, or it can be E-SMLC in the case of LTE access. , or in the case of secure user plane location (SUPL), it may be SLP, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 4 or Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between terminal equipment, NG-RAN equipment, LMF and AMF when the positioning broadcast configuration method of the embodiment of the present application is applied in an NR system.
  • the terminal equipment is connected to the NG-RAN equipment through the LTE-Uu and/or NR-Uu interface via the next-generation evolved NodeB (ng-eNB) and gNB;
  • NG -RAN equipment is connected to the core network through the NG-C interface.
  • NG-RAN equipment includes one or more ng-eNBs ( Figure 4 or Figure 5 takes one ng-eNB as an example);
  • NG-RAN equipment can also include one or more gNBs ( Figure 4 takes one gNB as an example).
  • Figure 5 takes 2 gNBs as an example for illustration).
  • ng-eNB is the LTE base station connected to the 5G core network
  • gNB is the 5G base station connected to the 5G core network.
  • the core network includes AMF and LMF.
  • AMF is used to implement functions such as access management
  • LMF is used to interact with terminal equipment or NG-RAN equipment to implement various functions (such as positioning functions or power control functions, etc.).
  • AMF and LMF are connected through the NLs interface.
  • the interface between the control plane between the 5G core network and NG-RAN equipment is the N2 interface
  • the interface between the user plane between the 5G core network and NG-RAN is the N3 interface
  • the interface between gNBs is the Xn interface.
  • the core network may also include E-SMLC and SLP.
  • E-SMLC and SLP are connected to LMF respectively.
  • E-SMLC and SLP can provide the LMF with auxiliary data required by the terminal equipment, including, for example, information about the signals measured by the terminal equipment (e.g., expected signal timing, signal codec, signal frequency, signal Doppler), ground transmitter Position and/or identification, and/or GNSS satellite aircraft signals, Timing and orbit information to facilitate positioning technologies such as Assisted GNSS, OTDOA and E-CID.
  • Figure 5 is similar to Figure 4. The difference is, for example, that the device or component (such as LMF) of the location management function in Figure 4 is deployed in the core network, and the device or component (such as LMC) of the location management function in Figure 5 can be deployed. in NG-RAN equipment. As shown in Figure 5, LMC is included in gNB. LMC is part of the functional components of LMF and can be integrated in the gNB of NG-RAN equipment.
  • Figure 4 or Figure 5 can be the access network equipment in Figure 3.
  • Figure 4 or Figure 5 is only an exemplary schematic diagram showing the relationship between the terminal equipment, NG-RAN equipment, LMF and AMF when the positioning broadcast configuration method of the embodiment of the present application is applied in the 5G communication system, and is not limiting. Includes an NG-RAN device.
  • Figure 4 or Figure 5 are only illustrative descriptions and do not limit the embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 4 or Figure 5 may also include other devices similar to those illustrated in the figures.
  • network elements or devices or functional nodes with interactive relationships between functional nodes which are not specifically limited in this application.
  • the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with wireless transceiver function used to communicate with the terminal device.
  • the access network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved node B (eNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (access point) in the wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or TRP, etc.
  • the access network device may also be a gNB or TRP or TP in the 5G system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels of a base station in the 5G system.
  • the access network equipment can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or TP, such as a BBU, or a distributed unit (DU), etc.
  • gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs.
  • gNB can also include active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU).
  • CU implements some functions of gNB
  • DU implements some functions of gNB.
  • CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing RRC, and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions.
  • DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the access network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the terminal equipment (terminal equipment) in the embodiment of this application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, or a user terminal (user terminal).
  • UE terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent, user device, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, Personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolved PLMNs
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA Personal digital assistant
  • handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolved PLMNs
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the terminal equipment in the Internet of Vehicles or the terminal equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles.
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless Computers with wire transceiver functions, virtual reality terminal equipment, augmented reality terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in driverless driving, wireless terminals in remote surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, and wireless terminals in transportation safety Terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • a wearable device may also be called a wearable smart device, which is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing human-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things.
  • IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
  • NB narrowband
  • terminal equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations.
  • the main functions include collecting data (part of the terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data of access network equipment, and Send electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to access network equipment.
  • the access network device and the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can communicate through a licensed spectrum, a license-free spectrum, or a licensed spectrum and a license-free spectrum at the same time.
  • Access network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate through spectrum below 6 gigahertz (GHz) or above 6 GHz. They can also communicate using spectrum below 6 GHz and spectrum above 6 GHz at the same time. .
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the spectrum resources used between the access network equipment and the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal equipment, access network equipment or positioning management network element in the embodiment of this application can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water; it can also be deployed in the air. On airplanes, balloons and satellites.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios of terminal equipment, access network equipment, or positioning management network elements.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 that can be used to perform the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 600 may be a positioning management network element or access network equipment, or may be a chip or component used in a positioning management network element or access network equipment.
  • the communication device 600 may include a processor 601 .
  • the communication device 600 may also include one or more of a memory 602 and a transceiver 603.
  • the processor 601 can be coupled with one or more of the memory 602 and the transceiver 603, for example, it can be connected through a communication bus, and the processor 601 can also be used alone.
  • the processor 601 is the control center of the communication device 600, and may be a processor or a collective name for multiple processing elements.
  • the processor 601 is one or more central processing units (CPUs), may also be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or may be configured to One or more integrated circuits to implement embodiments of the present application, such as: one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA) .
  • the processor 601 can perform various functions of the communication device 600 by running or executing software programs stored in the memory 602 and calling data stored in the memory 602.
  • the processor 601 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the communication device 600 may also include multiple processors, such as the processor 601 and the processor 604 shown in FIG. 6 .
  • processors can be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU).
  • a processor here may refer to one or more communications devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the memory 602 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage communication device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or other type that can store information and instructions.
  • type of dynamic storage communication device which can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, Optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, or Blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage communication devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other media capable of being accessed by a computer, without limitation.
  • the memory 602 may be integrated with the processor 601 or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 601 through the input/output port (not shown in FIG. 6 ) of the communication device 600. This is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 602 is used to store software programs for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 601 for execution.
  • the memory 602 is used to store software programs for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 601 for execution.
  • the communication device 600 is a positioning management network element, and the transceiver 603 can be used to communicate with access network equipment.
  • the communication device 600 is an access network device, and the transceiver 603 can be used to communicate with a positioning management network element or a terminal device.
  • the transceiver 603 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not shown separately in FIG. 6). Among them, the receiver is used to implement the receiving function, and the transmitter is used to implement the sending function.
  • the transceiver 603 may be integrated with the processor 601, or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 601 through the input/output port (not shown in Figure 6) of the communication device 600. This is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. .
  • the structure of the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
  • the actual communication device may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined, or Different component arrangements.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be executed according to the present application. It suffices to communicate using the method provided in the embodiment.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiments of this application may be the access network device or the positioning management network element, or a functional module in the access network device or the positioning management network element that can call and execute the program.
  • the related functions of the access network equipment or positioning management network element in the embodiment of the present application can be performed by one device. It can be implemented by multiple devices, or it can be implemented by one or more functional modules in one device. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. It can be understood that the above functions can be either network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform) Virtualization capabilities.
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method includes the following steps:
  • posSIB includes the first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device.
  • the first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information among the candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information includes configuration information of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive.
  • the first access network device is an access network device determined among at least one access network device.
  • the number of access network devices and the corresponding access network devices in at least one access network device may be determined by the positioning management network element.
  • the location management network element can select multiple locations adjacent to each other based on the registration information of each access network device connected to the core network (the geographical location of the access network device, or the cell covered by the access network device, etc.) Access network equipment; for another example, the positioning management network element selects one or more access network devices with a larger coverage area; for another example, the positioning management network element selects one or two access network devices with a larger number of cells within the coverage area.
  • Network equipment the embodiment of this application does not specifically limit this.
  • the number of access network devices in at least one access network device and the corresponding access network device may be the positioning management network element and each access network device in the at least one access network device in advance.
  • At least one access network device may be one or more access network devices. Wherein, when at least one access network device is only one access network device, the access network device is the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may be determined by the positioning management network element; or, the first access network device may be determined by the positioning management network element.
  • the management network element and one or more access network devices among the plurality of access network devices have been negotiated in advance; or the first access network device may be agreed upon in an agreement, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the positioning management network element determines the first access network device among multiple access network devices in the following ways:
  • Method 1 Select the access network device with the largest coverage among multiple access network devices as the first access network device. Taking multiple access network devices including one macro base station and multiple micro base stations as an example, the positioning management network element selects the macro base station as the first access network device.
  • the method of determining the first access network device is explained by taking at least one access network device including four access network devices as an example.
  • at least one access network device includes: access network device #1, access network device #2, Access network equipment #3, and access network equipment #4.
  • Access network equipment #4 is a macro base station
  • access network equipment #1, access network equipment #2, and access network equipment #3 are micro base stations
  • the positioning management network element can determine access network equipment #4 as The first access network equipment.
  • Method 2 Select the access network device with the most adjacent access network devices among multiple access network devices as the first access network device.
  • access network device #1, access network device #2, and access network device #3 are the interfaces adjacent to access network device #4. If the access network device is connected to the network, the positioning management network element may determine the access network device #4 as the first access network device.
  • access network equipment #1, access network equipment #2, and access network equipment #3 may be called neighbor access network equipment in at least one access network equipment.
  • Method 3 Select the access network device with the largest number of access terminal devices among multiple access network devices as the first access network device.
  • the positioning management network element can also randomly select an access network device from multiple access network devices as the first access network device.
  • the positioning management network element determines The method of the first access network device is not specifically limited.
  • the positioning management network element may pre-store the configuration information of the SRS that each access network device in at least one access network device expects to receive; or, the positioning management network element and at least one access network device may Each access network device in the network equipment has negotiated in advance the configuration information of the SRS that each access network device expects to receive; or, the agreement stipulates the configuration of the SRS that each access network device expects to receive from at least one access network device. Information, the embodiments of this application do not specifically limit this.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information may be SRS configuration information that each access network device in at least one access network device desires to send to the terminal device.
  • the SRS configuration information that the access network device expects to receive may be SRS configuration information that the access network device can configure resources.
  • the SRS configuration information that the access network device desires to send to the terminal device may be SRS configuration information that the access network device can configure resources for.
  • the SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information.
  • One piece of SRS configuration information may include one or more SRS resource sets, or one or more SRS resources.
  • SRS resources for relevant description of SRS resources, please refer to the description of SRS resources in the preamble of the specific embodiments, and will not be described again here.
  • the SRS resource set or the SRS resource may be periodic, semi-persistent, or aperiodic, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the SRS configuration information that the access network device expects to receive may include one or more of the following: SRS configuration information corresponding to the expected number of antenna ports, SRS configuration information corresponding to the expected time domain location , SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired resource type, SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired period, SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired frequency domain position, or SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired comb configuration.
  • the first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information among the candidate SRS configuration information. Therefore, in the case where at least one access network device includes multiple access network devices, the first SRS configuration information may not only include the SRS configuration information of the first access network device, but may also include information other than the first access network device. SRS configuration information of other access network equipment other than the equipment.
  • access network device #1, access network device #2, and access network device #3 are neighboring cell access network devices.
  • Network device #4 is the first access network device.
  • the first SRS configuration information may include one or more corresponding SRS configuration information of access network device #1, access network device #2, or access network device #3.
  • the first SRS configuration information also includes one or more modified SRS configuration information among the candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information may not be what the positioning management network element expects, for example, the positioning management network element wants to configure larger bandwidth resources (such as RB) for a certain SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information, etc., so the positioning management network element Modify one or more parameters of the SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information.
  • posSIB also includes network assistance data.
  • the network assistance data may include one or more of the following: GNSS public assistance data, GNSS general assistance data, OTDOA assistance data, barometer assistance data, DL-TDOA/DL-AOD assistance data, or on-demand PRS assistance data.
  • the network assistance data may include the first SRS configuration information.
  • the network assistance data includes assistance data including first SRS configuration information.
  • posSIB also includes one or more of the following: PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, CGI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, ARFCN corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, SSB configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, spatial direction information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and the first SRS TRP TEG association corresponding to the configuration information, TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, or TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the TRP type may include one or more of the following: a reception point that only receives SRS (srs-only-rp), a reception point (tp), or a transmission reception point (trp).
  • the PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include the PCI corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information. That is to say, in the case where the first SRS configuration information includes SRS configuration information of other access network devices except the first access network device, the PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include the first access network device.
  • the ARFCN corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include the ARFCN corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information.
  • the SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include an SFN initialization time corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information.
  • the SSB configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include an SSB configuration corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information.
  • the spatial direction information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include spatial direction information corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information.
  • the geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include geographical coordinates corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information.
  • the TRP TEG association corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include a TRP TEG association corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information.
  • the TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include a TRP type corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information.
  • TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information The information may include TRP beam antenna information corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information.
  • the positioning management network element sends a first message to the first access network device.
  • the first message includes posSIB, and the first message is used to instruct the first access network device to send the posSIB.
  • the first access network device receives the first message from the positioning management network element.
  • the first access network device may configure resources according to the first SRS configuration in posSIB.
  • the first message may be an NRPPa message; or, the first message may include an NRPPa message.
  • the NRPPa message may be the auxiliary information control described in the preamble of the specific embodiment.
  • the posSIB in the auxiliary information control may include the first SRS configuration information.
  • the positioning management network element may be deployed on an access network device.
  • the access network device may be one of the above-mentioned at least one access network devices, or the above-mentioned at least one access network device.
  • Access network equipment other than network access equipment is not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the positioning management network element when the positioning management network element is deployed on the access network device, the positioning management network element may carry the first message through an Xn interface message.
  • the first access network device sends posSIB according to the first message.
  • the terminal device camping in the cell covered by the first access network device receives the posSIB. That is to say, the first access network device may broadcast posSIB to all terminal devices residing in the cell covered by the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may send a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message includes posSIB.
  • posSIB For relevant description of the broadcast message, please refer to the description of the broadcast message in the preamble of the specific embodiments, and will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device can also achieve uplink positioning by receiving the first SRS configuration information in the posSIB.
  • the terminal device realizes positioning based on an access network device.
  • UL-AOA positioning technology needs to obtain at least two sets of positioning measurement parameters to achieve positioning calculation.
  • the positioning measurement parameters can be multiple sets of positioning measurement parameters obtained by measuring the SRS on different beams when the same access network device receives SRS sent by the terminal device through different beams; it can also be an access network device.
  • the network access device measures multiple SRSs sent by the terminal device to obtain at least two sets of positioning measurement parameters. Therefore, uplink positioning can also be achieved even when the terminal device receives only one SRS configuration information corresponding to one access network device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is camped in a cell covered by the first access network device, the terminal device does not need dedicated signaling to request the SRS configuration information corresponding to the cell, but uses the broadcast information of the first access network device ( That is, posSIB) obtains the SRS configuration information corresponding to the cell. Furthermore, uplink positioning can be implemented based on the SRS configuration information corresponding to the cell. In this way, dedicated signaling is not required to transmit SRS configuration information between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • positioning based on UL-AOA can also be achieved by using one or a pair of SRS configuration information corresponding to multiple access network devices.
  • multiple access network devices measure the same SRS sent by the terminal device, and each access network device measures and obtains a set of positioning measurement parameters; it can also be that multiple access network devices measure different SRSs sent by the terminal device.
  • the SRS is measured, and each access network device measures an SRS to obtain a set of positioning measurement parameters.
  • the first SRS configuration information may include SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device and at least one neighboring cell access network device pair
  • the corresponding SRS configuration information and then the terminal equipment camping in the cell covered by the first access network equipment can not only obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network equipment corresponding to the camping cell, but also obtain the neighboring cells camping in the cell.
  • SRS configuration information corresponding to the area access network equipment so that the terminal equipment can achieve uplink positioning through multiple access network equipment. In this way, there is no need for dedicated signaling to transmit SRS configuration information between the terminal device and the first access network device, and at the same time, there is no need for dedicated signaling to transmit SRS configuration information between the terminal device and the neighboring cell access network device.
  • the positioning management network element may also send a first message to one or more access network devices within the coverage of the first access network device.
  • the first message includes posSIB.
  • the first message Used to instruct one or more access network devices within the coverage of the first access network device to send posSIB.
  • one or more access network devices within the coverage of the first access network device receive the first message and send posSIB according to the first message.
  • access network device #4 in Figure 8 as a macro base station, and access network device #1, access network device #2, and access network device #3 as micro base stations.
  • access network device #4 is the first access network device
  • access network device #1 and access network device #2 are within the coverage of access network device #4
  • the positioning management network element can report to the access network Device #4, access network device #1 and access network device #2 respectively send the first message.
  • access network device #4, access network device #1 and access network device #2 broadcast posSIB respectively.
  • the first access network device among the at least one access network device may share the same posSIB with one or more access network devices within the coverage of the first access network device.
  • multiple access network devices in one area share the same posSIB, multiple cells covered by the multiple access network devices can share the same uplink positioning resources and/or downlink positioning resources. .
  • the positioning management network element may also generate corresponding posSIBs for access network devices other than the first access network device.
  • the positioning management network element generates a posSIB corresponding to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device is an access network device different from the first access network device in at least one access network.
  • the posSIB corresponding to the second access network device includes second SRS configuration information corresponding to the second access network device.
  • the second SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information among the candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the second SRS configuration information may be the same as or different from the first SRS configuration information.
  • the positioning management network element may select access network device #3 as the second access network device, and generate the second posSIB for access network device #3. It can be understood that since the first access network device and the second access network device are adjacent to each other, there is a common neighbor access between the cell covered by the first access network device and the cell covered by the second access network device. network equipment.
  • the first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device may be the same as the second SRS configuration information corresponding to the second access network device.
  • the posSIB corresponding to the first access network device and the posSIB corresponding to the second access network device may be the same.
  • At least one access network device includes: access network device #5, access network device #6, access network device #7, access network device #8, access network device #9, and access network equipment #10.
  • the access network equipment in neighboring areas of access network equipment #5 is access network equipment #6 and access network equipment #7 respectively
  • the access network equipment in neighboring areas of access network equipment #10 is access network equipment respectively.
  • #8 and access network device #9, and access network device #6 and access network device #8 are adjacent to each other.
  • the positioning management network element can determine that access network device #5 is the first access network device, and access network device #10 can be the second access network device. Since access network device #5 and access network device # 10 are not adjacent to each other, and there is no common neighboring cell access network equipment between the cell covered by access network equipment #5 and the cell covered by access network equipment #10. Therefore, the first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device may be different from the second SRS configuration information corresponding to the second access network device. Alternatively, the posSIB corresponding to the first access network device and the posSIB corresponding to the second access network device may be different.
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include the following steps:
  • the first access network device sends auxiliary information feedback to the positioning management network element.
  • the positioning management network element receives the auxiliary information feedback from the first access network device.
  • the auxiliary information feedback may include information about posSIB sent by the first access network device.
  • the information about the posSIB sent by the first access network device may include, but is not limited to: whether the first access network device sends posSIB, information about the cell corresponding to the failure of the first access network device to send posSIB, and whether the first access network device sends posSIB.
  • auxiliary information feedback can also be called “auxiliary information response (assistance information response)”.
  • auxiliary information response assistant information response
  • auxiliary information feedback in the embodiment of the present application can be carried through the NRPPa message.
  • step S703 may be executed first, and then step S704; or it may be Step S704 is executed first, and then step S703 is executed; the above step S703 and step S704 may also be executed at the same time, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first SRS configuration information in posSIB may include the configuration information of the SRS that at least one access network device expects to receive, that is, the first SRS configuration may include the SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device. , or may also include SRS configuration information corresponding to an access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device broadcasts posSIB
  • multiple terminal devices camping in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling, or The SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can also be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources, which can improve the utilization of uplink positioning network resources. Therefore, based on the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
  • the actions of locating the management network element in the above-mentioned steps S701 to S704 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device.
  • the above-mentioned steps S701 to S704 The action of the first access network device in S704 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device. This embodiment does not impose any restrictions on this. .
  • step S705 The positioning management network element receives candidate SRS configuration information, where the candidate SRS configuration information includes the SRS configuration information that each access network device in at least one access network device expects to receive.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information when the positioning management network element is deployed in the 5G core network, the candidate SRS configuration information may be carried by an N2 interface message or an N3 interface message.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information may be carried by the Xn interface message.
  • the Xn interface message or the N2 interface message or the N3 interface message may include the NRPPa message.
  • the NRPPa message may be an existing NRPPa message, or the message may be a new NRPPa message, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the neighboring access network device of the first access network device in at least one access network device can forward the configuration information of the SRS that the access network device expects to receive.
  • the first access network device may aggregate the configuration information of the SRS that each access network device in the at least one access network device expects to receive into candidate SRS configuration information, and send the configuration information to the positioning management network element.
  • candidate SRS configuration information may be aggregated.
  • each access network device in at least one access network device sends to the positioning management network element the configuration information of the SRS that each access network device expects to receive. .
  • the candidate SRS configuration information includes the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive in at least one cell or at least one frequency point or at least one geographical area.
  • the at least one cell may be at least one cell supported by the access network device.
  • At least one frequency point may be at least one frequency point supported by the access network device.
  • the at least one geographical area may be at least one geographical area covered by the access network device.
  • the geographical area may be, for example, an industrial park, a residential area, a commercial area, etc., which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device may periodically send the configuration information of the SRS that the access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element. That is to say, the positioning management network element can periodically obtain the SRS configuration information corresponding to the access network device in the candidate SRS configuration.
  • the access network device may send the configuration information of the SRS that the access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element in an event-triggered manner.
  • the event may be that the access network device receives a request/instruction to send the configuration information of the SRS that the access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element.
  • the event may also be other events that cause the access network device to send the configuration information of the SRS that the access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the positioning management network element determines one or more SRS configuration information as the first SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the first SRS configuration information determined by the positioning management network element in the candidate SRS configuration information may be the SRS configuration that the positioning management network element expects to be configured by each access network in at least one access network device. information.
  • the positioning management network element expects that the SRS configuration information configured by each access network in at least one access network device may include one or more of the following: SRS configuration information corresponding to the expected number of antenna ports. , SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired time domain location, SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired resource type, desired week The SRS configuration information corresponding to the period, the SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired frequency domain position, or the SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired comb tooth configuration.
  • the first SRS configuration information includes one or more of the following: SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired cell of the positioning management network element, SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired frequency point of the positioning management network element , or position the SRS configuration information corresponding to the geographical area desired by the management network element.
  • the desired cell may be a cell in which the number of terminal devices camped is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the desired frequency point may be a frequency point where the number of accessed terminal devices is greater than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the desired geographical area may be a geographical area in which the number of terminal devices residing within the coverage area is greater than or equal to the third threshold. In this way, it can be ensured that the first SRS configuration information is shared by a certain number of terminal devices, thereby improving the utilization of uplink network resources.
  • first threshold, the second threshold or the third threshold may be predefined or agreed upon by a protocol, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application. It should be noted that the first threshold, the second threshold and the third threshold may be equal to or unequal to each other, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning management network element selects one or more SRS configuration information corresponding to the indication information from the candidate SRS configuration information as the first SRS configuration information according to the indication information.
  • the positioning management network element can receive indication information from network elements such as E-SMLC or SLP, devices or modules.
  • the indication information may include one or more of the following: a specified number of antenna ports, a specified time domain position, a specified resource type, a specified period, a specified frequency domain position, or a specified comb tooth configuration.
  • the positioning management network element after receiving the configuration information of the SRS expected to be received from the access network device, the positioning management network element can trigger the generation of posSIB and send the posSIB to the first access network device. That is to say, at least one access network device can actively trigger the positioning broadcast process of broadcasting SRS configuration information.
  • step S705 it may include:
  • the positioning management network element sends a fourth message to at least one access network device.
  • the fourth message is used to request configuration information of the SRS that each access network device in the at least one access network device expects to receive.
  • at least one access network device receives the fourth message from the positioning management network element.
  • the positioning management network element can actively obtain candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the positioning management network element can execute the positioning broadcast process after obtaining the candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the fourth message may be an NRPPa message.
  • the NRPPa message may be new; or the NRPPa message may be existing, such as a TRP information request (TRP information request).
  • TRP information request TRP information request
  • step S707 the NRPPa message in step S705 may be a TRP information response (TRP information response).
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include the following step S708:
  • the positioning management network element receives area information corresponding to the candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information in step S705 and the area information corresponding to the candidate SRS configuration information in step S708 may be carried in one message.
  • the area information includes one or more of the following information: cell information, frequency point information, or geographical area information.
  • the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a cell list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • one cell may correspond to one SRS configuration information; or one cell may correspond to multiple SRS configuration information; or one SRS configuration information may correspond to multiple cells. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the frequency point information includes a frequency point list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a frequency point list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • one frequency point can correspond to one SRS configuration information; or one frequency point can correspond to multiple SRS configuration information; or one SRS configuration information can correspond to multiple frequency points, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the geographical area information includes a geographical area list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a geographical area list corresponding to the access network equipment adjacent to the first access network device.
  • one geographical area may correspond to one SRS configuration information; or one geographical area may correspond to multiple SRS configuration information; or one SRS configuration information may correspond to multiple geographical areas, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the positioning management network element can perform positioning broadcast on demand by receiving candidate SRS configuration information or actively sending a request for candidate SRS configuration information. Therefore, the positioning management network element can be supported to request SRS configuration on demand. information to trigger the configuration process of positioning broadcast when there is a positioning requirement instead of periodically sending positioning broadcasts, thus saving network resources.
  • the first SRS configuration information in posSIB may include the configuration information of the SRS that at least one access network device expects to receive, that is, the first SRS configuration may include the SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, or may also include the SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device. SRS configuration information corresponding to access network devices adjacent to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device broadcasts posSIB
  • multiple terminal devices camping in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling, or The SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can also be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources, which can improve the utilization of uplink positioning network resources.
  • the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
  • the actions of locating the management network element in the above steps S701 to S708 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device to execute the above steps S701 to S708.
  • the action of the first access network device in S708 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device to execute. This embodiment does not impose any restrictions on this. .
  • the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes the following steps S709-S711 before step S702: S709.
  • the positioning management network element sends a message to the first access network device.
  • the second message carries the first SRS configuration information, and the second message is used to request the first access network device to configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the first access network device receives the second message from the positioning management network element.
  • the second message may be an NRPPa message.
  • the second message may be a new NRPPa message; or the NRPPa message may be an existing NRPPa message.
  • This application implements The example does not specifically limit this.
  • the first access network device determines that it supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the first access network device may configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information; or, the first access network device does not configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information.
  • SRS configuration information is used to perform resource configuration, but resource configuration is performed based on the first SRS configuration information after receiving the posSIB including the first SRS configuration information.
  • the first access network device sends a third message to the positioning management network element.
  • the third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the positioning management network element executes step S702. Since the first access network device may be currently in a busy state and may not be able to configure the configuration information of the SRS that was previously expected to be received, it may be determined by sending the third message whether the current first access network device can configure the SRS according to the first SRS. Configuration information for resource configuration.
  • the positioning management network element can re-determine the new first SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information and provide the first access network device with feedback. Send a second message.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information received by the positioning management network element is not what the positioning management network element expects, for example, it wants to configure a larger bandwidth for a certain SRS configuration information, etc., so the positioning management network element can send it to the first access network device.
  • the second information is used to determine whether the first access network device supports resource configuration based on the SRS configuration information.
  • the third message may be an NRPPa message.
  • the NRPPa message may be a new message or an existing message, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning management network element may also send a second message to at least one access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • the access network device adjacent to the first access network device receives the second message from the positioning management network element.
  • the access network device adjacent to the first access network device determines that it supports resource configuration based on the first SRS configuration information
  • the access network device adjacent to the first access network device sends a third message to the positioning management network element. information.
  • the positioning management network element receives the third message from the access network device adjacent to the first access network device. The third message is used to indicate that the access network device adjacent to the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the third message includes area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information. Since the first access network device or the access network device adjacent to the first access network device may change or update the area information corresponding to the configuration information of the SRS that is expected to be received, the positioning management network element can obtain the information through the third message. Area information corresponding to the updated first SRS configuration information.
  • the third message may include the first SRS configuration information and the area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  • steps S709-S711 may be executed before or after step S701, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first SRS configuration information in posSIB may include the configuration information of the SRS that at least one access network device expects to receive, that is, the first SRS configuration may include the SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device. , or may also include SRS configuration information corresponding to an access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device broadcasts posSIB
  • multiple terminal devices camping in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling, or The SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can also be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources, which can improve the utilization of uplink positioning network resources. Therefore, based on the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
  • the actions of locating the management network element in the above steps S709 to S711 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device to execute the above steps S709 to S711.
  • the action of the first access network device in S711 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device to execute. This embodiment does not impose any restrictions on this. .
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the positioning management network element can also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, and logic modules) that can be used in the positioning management network element. , or software) implementation.
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the first access network device may also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software) available for the first access network device.
  • the above mainly introduces the solutions provided by this application.
  • this application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement various methods in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be the positioning management network element in the above method embodiment, or a device including the positioning management network element, or a component that can be used for the positioning management network element, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device may be the first access network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the first access network device, or a component that can be used in the first access network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • Embodiments of the present application can divide the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments.
  • functional modules can be divided into corresponding functional modules, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a positioning management network element 1200.
  • the positioning management network element 1200 includes a processing module 1201 and a transceiver module 1202.
  • the positioning management network element 1200 may also include a storage module (not shown in Figure 12) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the processing module 1201 is used to generate posSIB.
  • the transceiving module 1202 is configured to send the first message to the first access network device.
  • the first message includes posSIB, and the first message is used to instruct the first access network device to send posSIB, where the posSIB includes first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, and the first SRS configuration information includes One or more SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information, the candidate SRS configuration information includes the SRS that each access network device in at least one access network device expects to receive.
  • Configuration information the first access network device is an access network device determined among at least one access network device.
  • posSIB also includes one or more of the following: a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, a global cell identity CGI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and a physical cell identity corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the transceiving module 1202 is also configured to receive candidate SRS configuration information, and the processing module 1201 is further configured to determine one or more SRS configuration information as the first SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information includes configuration information of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive in at least one cell or at least one frequency point or at least one geographical area.
  • the transceiving module 1202 is also configured to send a second message to the first access network device before sending the first message to the first access network device.
  • the second message carries the first SRS configuration information.
  • the message is used to request the first access network device to configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the transceiving module 1202 is also configured to receive a third message from the first access network device, where the third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the transceiving module 1202 is also configured to send a first message to the first access network device and access network devices adjacent to the first access network device before sending the first message to the first access network device. Two messages, the second message carries the first SRS configuration information, and the second message is used to request the first access network device and the access network devices adjacent to the first access network device to configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information. .
  • the transceiver module 1202 is also configured to receive a third message from the first access network device and the access network device adjacent to the first access network. The third message is used to indicate the first access network device and the access network device adjacent to the first access network.
  • the access network equipment adjacent to the network access device supports resource configuration based on the first SRS configuration information.
  • the third message includes area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the transceiving module 1202 is further configured to send a fourth message to at least one access network device before receiving the candidate SRS configuration.
  • the fourth message is used to request each access network device in the at least one access network device.
  • the transceiving module 1202 is also configured to receive area information corresponding to the candidate SRS configuration information.
  • the area information includes one or more of the following information: cell information, frequency point information, or geographical area information.
  • the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a cell list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • the positioning management network element 1200 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • a “module” here may refer to a specific application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a circuit, a processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the positioning management network element 1200 may take the form of communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1201 in Figure 12 can be implemented by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 602.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1202 in Figure 12 can be implemented by the transceiver 603 in the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 .
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1202 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or chip system, and the processing module The function/implementation process of 1201 can be realized by the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or chip system.
  • the positioning management network element 1200 provided in this embodiment can perform the above configuration method of positioning broadcast, the technical effects it can obtain can be referred to the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of a first access network device 1300.
  • the first access network device 1300 includes a processing module 1301 and a transceiver module 1302.
  • the first access network device 1300 may also include a storage module (not shown in Figure 13) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the transceiver module 1302 which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement sending and/or receiving functions.
  • the transceiver module 1302 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module 1302 may include a receiving module and a transmitting module, respectively configured to perform the receiving and transmitting steps performed by the first access network device in the above method embodiment, and/or to support this article.
  • the processing module 1301 can be used to perform steps of the processing class (such as determination, etc.) performed by the first access network device in the above method embodiment, and/or to support the steps described herein Other processes of technology. For example:
  • the transceiver module 1302 is configured to receive the first message from the positioning management network element.
  • the first message includes posSIB.
  • the processing module 1301 is configured to send posSIB according to the first message.
  • posSIB includes the first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device
  • the first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information
  • the candidate SRS configuration information includes at least one SRS configuration information in the access network device.
  • Each access network device expects to receive the configuration information of the SRS
  • the first access network device is an access network device determined in at least one access network device.
  • posSIB also includes one or more of the following: a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, a global cell identity CGI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and a physical cell identity corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the transceiving module 1302 is also configured to send the configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element before receiving the first message from the positioning management network element.
  • the candidate SRS configuration information includes each access network device in at least one access network device. It is expected that the configuration information of the SRS received in at least one cell or at least one frequency point or at least one geographical area.
  • the transceiving module 1302 is further configured to receive a second message from the positioning management network element before receiving the first message from the positioning management network element, where the second message carries the first SRS configuration information.
  • the processing module 1301 is also configured to determine that resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information is supported.
  • the transceiving module 1302 is also used to send a third message to the positioning management network element. The third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the third message includes area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  • the transceiving module 1302 is also configured to receive a fourth message from the positioning management network element before sending the configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element.
  • the fourth message is used to request configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive.
  • the transceiving module 1302 sends the area information corresponding to the configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element.
  • the area information includes one or more of the following: cell information, frequency point information, or geographical area information.
  • the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a cell list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device 1300 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • a “module” here may refer to a specific application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a circuit, a processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the first access network device 1300 may take the form of the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 in Figure 13 can be implemented by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 602.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1302 in Figure 13 can be implemented by the transceiver 603 of the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 .
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1302 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or chip system
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 can be implemented by a processor (or processing circuit) of a chip or chip system.
  • the first access network device 1300 provided in this embodiment can perform the above synchronization method, the technical effects it can obtain can be referred to the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
  • the positioning management network element or the first access network device described in this application can also be implemented using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), A programmable logic device (PLD), controller, state machine, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • state machine state machine
  • gate logic discrete hardware components
  • discrete hardware components any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • this application also provides a communication device, which includes a processor for implementing the method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • This memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data.
  • the computer program may include instructions, and the processor may call the instructions in the computer program stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to perform the method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the memory may not be in the communication device.
  • the communication device further includes an interface circuit, which is a code/data reading and writing interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in the memory and may be directly read from memory, or possibly through other devices) and transferred to the processor.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, which is used to communicate with modules external to the communication device.
  • the communication device may be a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device may be composed of a chip or may include a chip and other discrete devices. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instructions are stored. When the computer program or instructions are executed by a computer, the functions of any of the above method embodiments are implemented.
  • This application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
  • the systems, devices and methods described in this application can also be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Components shown as units may or may not be physical units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Via wired (e.g.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or include one or more data storage devices such as servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
  • the computer may include the aforementioned device.

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a positioning broadcast configuration method and a communication apparatus, capable of optimizing a configuration process of an uplink positioning reference signal to save network resources. The method comprises: a positioning management network element generates a positioning system information block (posSIB), and sends a first message to a first access network device. The first message comprises the posSIB, and the first message is used for instructing the first access network device to send the posSIB. The posSIB comprises first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device; the first SRS configuration information comprises one or more pieces of SRS configuration information in candidate SRS configuration information; the candidate SRS configuration information comprises configuration information of an SRS that is expected to be received by each access network device in at least one access network device; and the first access network device is an access network device determined from the at least one access network device.

Description

定位广播的配置方法及通信装置Positioning broadcast configuration method and communication device
本申请要求于2022年06月17日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210688881.5、申请名称为“定位广播的配置方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on June 17, 2022, with application number 202210688881.5 and the application name "Configuration method and communication device for positioning broadcast", the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference. Applying.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及定位广播的配置方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a positioning broadcast configuration method and a communications device.
背景技术Background technique
在无线通信技术中,定位功能是重要的功能之一。其中,根据定位功能可以获得终端设备的位置,进而可以构筑多样化的应用场景,比如紧急救援定位、导航或者交通控制等。In wireless communication technology, positioning function is one of the important functions. Among them, the position of the terminal device can be obtained according to the positioning function, and various application scenarios can be constructed, such as emergency rescue positioning, navigation or traffic control.
无线通信技术中的定位功能可以通过基于参考信号的定位技术实现。其中,基于参考信号的定位技术包括基于终端设备发送探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)的上行定位技术。The positioning function in wireless communication technology can be realized through positioning technology based on reference signals. Among them, positioning technology based on reference signals includes uplink positioning technology based on terminal equipment sending sounding reference signals (SRS).
目前,SRS的配置信息是由接入网设备生成的,之后接入网设备通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接将SRS的配置信息发送至终端设备。然而,随着无线通信技术的发展,移动业务对上行定位的需求越来越多,如何优化上行定位参考信号的配置流程以节省网络资源,是目前亟待解决的问题。Currently, SRS configuration information is generated by the access network device, and then the access network device sends the SRS configuration information to the terminal device through a radio resource control (RRC) connection. However, with the development of wireless communication technology, mobile services have increasing demands for uplink positioning. How to optimize the configuration process of uplink positioning reference signals to save network resources is an urgent problem that needs to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法及通信装置,可以优化上行定位参考信号的配置流程以节省网络资源。The positioning broadcast configuration method and communication device provided by the embodiments of the present application can optimize the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal to save network resources.
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above objectives, the embodiments of the present application adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供一种定位广播的配置方法,该方法可以由定位管理网元执行,也可以由定位管理网元的部件,例如定位管理网元的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分定位管理网元功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由定位管理网元执行为例进行说明。该方法包括:定位管理网元生成定位系统信息块posSIB,并向第一接入网设备发送第一消息。其中,第一消息包括posSIB,该第一消息用于指示第一接入网设备发送posSIB,其中,posSIB包括第一接入网设备对应的第一SRS配置信息,该第一SRS配置信息包括候选SRS配置信息中的一个或多个SRS配置信息,该候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息,该第一接入网设备为在至少一个接入网设备中确定的接入网设备。The first aspect provides a configuration method for positioning broadcast. This method can be executed by the positioning management network element, or can be executed by the components of the positioning management network element, such as the processor, chip, or chip system of the positioning management network element. It can also be implemented by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the positioning and management network element functions. The following description takes the method executed by the positioning management network element as an example. The method includes: a positioning management network element generates a positioning system information block posSIB, and sends a first message to a first access network device. The first message includes posSIB, and the first message is used to instruct the first access network device to send posSIB, where posSIB includes first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, and the first SRS configuration information includes candidate One or more SRS configuration information in the SRS configuration information, the candidate SRS configuration information includes the SRS configuration information that each access network device in at least one access network device expects to receive, and the first access network device is A determined access network device among at least one access network device.
由于本申请实施例中,posSIB中的第一SRS配置信息可以包括第一接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息,或者还可以包括与该第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息。进而,第一接入网设备广播posSIB之后,驻留第一接入网设备覆盖的小区的多个终端设备可以不需要专用信令,即可获取第一接入网设备的SRS配置信息, 或者还可以获取与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备的SRS配置信息,不仅可以节省信令开销,而且可以使得多个终端设备共享上行定位资源以提高上行定位资源的利用率。因此,基于本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法,可以优化上行定位参考信号的配置流程以节省网络资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the first SRS configuration information in posSIB may include SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, or may also include SRS configuration information corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device. SRS configuration information. Furthermore, after the first access network device broadcasts posSIB, multiple terminal devices stationed in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling. Alternatively, the SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources to improve the utilization of uplink positioning resources. Therefore, based on the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该posSIB还包括以下一项或多项:与第一SRS配置信息对应的物理小区标识PCI、与第一SRS配置信息对应的全球小区识别码CGI、与第一SRS配置信息对应的绝对无线频率信道编号ARFCN、与第一SRS配置信息对应的单频网络SFN初始化时间、与第一SRS配置信息对应的同步信号/物理层广播信道块SSB配置、与第一SRS配置信息对应的空间方向信息、与第一SRS配置信息对应的地理坐标、与第一SRS配置信息对应的传输接收点发射定时偏差组TRP TEG关联、与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP类型、或者与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP波束天线信息。In a possible implementation, the posSIB also includes one or more of the following: a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, a global cell identity CGI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and a physical cell identity corresponding to the first SRS configuration information. The absolute radio frequency channel number ARFCN corresponding to the SRS configuration information, the single frequency network SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the synchronization signal/physical layer broadcast channel block SSB configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and the first SRS The spatial direction information corresponding to the configuration information, the geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the transmission reception point transmission timing deviation group TRP TEG association corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, or TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方面提供的定位广播的配置方法,还包括:定位管理网元接收候选SRS配置信息;定位管理网元在候选SRS配置信息中确定一个或多个SRS配置信息作为第一SRS配置信息。相应地,定位管理网元接收候选SRS配置。由于定位管理网元接收候选SRS配置之后,定位管理网元可以触发广播posSIB的流程。也就是说,至少一个接入网设备可以主动触发广播SRS配置信息的定位广播流程。In a possible implementation, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the first aspect further includes: the positioning management network element receives candidate SRS configuration information; the positioning management network element determines one or more SRS configurations in the candidate SRS configuration information. information as the first SRS configuration information. Correspondingly, the positioning management network element receives the candidate SRS configuration. After the positioning management network element receives the candidate SRS configuration, the positioning management network element can trigger the process of broadcasting posSIB. That is to say, at least one access network device can actively trigger the positioning broadcast process of broadcasting SRS configuration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望在至少一个小区或者至少一个频点或者至少一个地理区域下接收到的SRS的配置信息。In a possible implementation, the candidate SRS configuration information includes the configuration of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive in at least one cell or at least one frequency point or at least one geographical area. information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在定位管理网元向第一接入网设备发送第一消息之前,第一方面提供的定位广播的配置方法,还包括:定位管理网元向第一接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息携带第一SRS配置信息,第二消息用于请求第一接入网设备根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置;定位管理网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第三消息,第三消息用于指示第一接入网设备支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置;或者,定位管理网元向第一接入网设备以及与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息携带第一SRS配置信息,第二消息用于请求第一接入网设备以及与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置;定位管理网元收来自第一接入网设备以及与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备的第三消息,第三消息用于指示第一接入网设备以及与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。也就是说,通过第二消息和第三消息可以确定当前的第一接入网设备是否可以根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。若目标接入网设备反馈当前无法支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置,定位管理网元可以重新在候选SRS配置信息中确定新的第一SRS配置信息,并向目标接入网设备发送第二消息。In a possible implementation, before the positioning management network element sends the first message to the first access network device, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the first aspect further includes: the positioning management network element sends the first message to the first access network device. The network device sends a second message, the second message carries the first SRS configuration information, and the second message is used to request the first access network device to configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information; the positioning management network element receives data from the first access network The third message of the device, the third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information; or, the positioning management network element sends a message to the first access network device and communicates with the first access network device. The adjacent access network device sends a second message, the second message carries the first SRS configuration information, and the second message is used to request the first access network device and the access network device adjacent to the first access network device according to The first SRS configuration information performs resource configuration; the positioning management network element receives a third message from the first access network device and an access network device adjacent to the first access network device. The third message is used to indicate the first access network device. The network access device and the access network device adjacent to the first access network device perform resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information. That is to say, whether the current first access network device can perform resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information can be determined through the second message and the third message. If the target access network device reports that it currently cannot support resource configuration based on the first SRS configuration information, the positioning management network element can re-determine the new first SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information and send the third SRS configuration information to the target access network device. Two messages.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三消息包括与第一SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。由于第一接入网设备或者与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备可能会改变或更新期望接收的SRS的配置信息对应的区域信息,因此定位管理网元可以通过第三消息获得更新后的第一SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。 In a possible implementation, the third message includes area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information. Since the first access network device or the access network device adjacent to the first access network device may change or update the area information corresponding to the configuration information of the SRS that is expected to be received, the positioning management network element can obtain the information through the third message. Area information corresponding to the updated first SRS configuration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在定位管理网元接收候选SRS配置之前,第一方面提供的定位广播的配置方法,还包括:定位管理网元向至少一个接入网设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于请求至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。由于定位管理网元可以主动发送第四消息请求候选SRS配置信息,进而定位管理网元可以根据获取的候选SRS配置信息执行定位广播的配置。也就是说,支持定位管理网元根据定位需求而按需地请求候选SRS配置信息,之后进行定位广播。In a possible implementation, before the positioning management network element receives the candidate SRS configuration, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the first aspect further includes: the positioning management network element sends a fourth message to at least one access network device, The fourth message is used to request configuration information of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive. Since the positioning management network element can actively send the fourth message to request candidate SRS configuration information, the positioning management network element can then perform positioning broadcast configuration according to the acquired candidate SRS configuration information. That is to say, the positioning management network element is supported to request candidate SRS configuration information on demand according to positioning requirements, and then perform positioning broadcast.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一方面提供的定位广播的配置方法,还包括:定位管理网元接收与候选SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。In a possible implementation manner, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the first aspect further includes: the positioning management network element receives area information corresponding to the candidate SRS configuration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该区域信息包括以下一项或多项信息:小区信息、频点信息或者地理区域信息。In a possible implementation, the area information includes one or more of the following information: cell information, frequency point information, or geographical area information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该小区信息包括第一接入网设备对应的小区列表和/或与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的小区列表。In a possible implementation manner, the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a cell list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
第二方面,提供一种定位广播的配置方法,该方法可以由第一接入网设备执行,也可以由第一接入网设备的部件,例如第一接入网设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分第一接入网设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由第一接入网设备执行为例进行说明。该方法包括:第一接入网设备接收来自定位管理网元的第一消息,并根据第一消息发送posSIB。其中,第一消息包括posSIB,该posSIB包括第一接入网设备对应的第一SRS配置信息,该第一SRS配置信息包括候选SRS配置信息中的一个或多个SRS配置信息,该候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息,该第一接入网设备为在至少一个接入网设备中确定的接入网设备。In the second aspect, a positioning broadcast configuration method is provided. The method can be executed by the first access network device, or can be performed by components of the first access network device, such as the processor, chip, or chip system, etc., and can also be implemented by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the first access network device. The following description takes the method being executed by the first access network device as an example. The method includes: a first access network device receiving a first message from a positioning management network element, and sending posSIB according to the first message. The first message includes posSIB. The posSIB includes first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device. The first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information among candidate SRS configuration information. The candidate SRS configuration information The information includes configuration information of the SRS that each access network device in the at least one access network device expects to receive, and the first access network device is an access network device determined in the at least one access network device.
由于本申请实施例中,对于posSIB中的第一SRS配置信息,该第一SRS配置信息可以包括第一接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息,或者还可以包括与该第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息。进而,第一接入网设备广播posSIB之后,驻留第一接入网设备覆盖的小区的多个终端设备可以不需要专用信令,即可获取第一接入网设备的SRS配置信息,或者还可以获取与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备的SRS配置信息,不仅可以节省信令开销,而且可以使得多个终端设备共享上行定位资源以提高上行定位资源的利用率。因此,基于本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法,可以优化上行定位参考信号的配置流程以节省网络资源。In this embodiment of the present application, for the first SRS configuration information in posSIB, the first SRS configuration information may include SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, or may also include information related to the first access network device. SRS configuration information corresponding to the neighboring access network equipment. Furthermore, after the first access network device broadcasts posSIB, multiple terminal devices camping in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling, or The SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can also be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources to improve the utilization of uplink positioning resources. Therefore, based on the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该posSIB还包括以下一项或多项:与第一SRS配置信息对应的物理小区标识PCI、与第一SRS配置信息对应的全球小区识别码CGI、与第一SRS配置信息对应的绝对无线频率信道编号ARFCN、与第一SRS配置信息对应的单频网络SFN初始化时间、与第一SRS配置信息对应的同步信号/物理层广播信道块SSB配置、与第一SRS配置信息对应的空间方向信息、与第一SRS配置信息对应的地理坐标、与第一SRS配置信息对应的传输接收点发射定时偏差组TRP TEG关联、与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP类型、或者与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP波束天线信息。In a possible implementation, the posSIB also includes one or more of the following: a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, a global cell identity CGI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and a physical cell identity corresponding to the first SRS configuration information. The absolute radio frequency channel number ARFCN corresponding to the SRS configuration information, the single frequency network SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the synchronization signal/physical layer broadcast channel block SSB configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and the first SRS The spatial direction information corresponding to the configuration information, the geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the transmission reception point transmission timing deviation group TRP TEG association corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, or TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第一接入网设备接收来自定位管理网元的第一消息之前,第二方面提供的定位广播的配置方法,还包括:第一接入网设备向定位管理网 元发送第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。In a possible implementation, before the first access network device receives the first message from the positioning management network element, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the second aspect further includes: the first access network device sends a message to the positioning management network element. Management network The element sends the configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望在至少一个小区或者至少一个频点或者至少一个地理区域下接收到的SRS的配置信息。In a possible implementation, the candidate SRS configuration information includes the configuration of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive in at least one cell or at least one frequency point or at least one geographical area. information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第一接入网设备接收来自定位管理网元的第一消息之前,第二方面提供的定位广播的配置方法,还包括:第一接入网设备接收来自定位管理网元的第二消息,第二消息携带第一SRS配置信息;第一接入网设备确定支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置;第一接入网设备向定位管理网元发送第三消息,第三消息用于指示第一接入网设备支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。In a possible implementation, before the first access network device receives the first message from the positioning management network element, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the second aspect further includes: the first access network device receives the first message from the positioning management network element. The second message of the positioning management network element, the second message carries the first SRS configuration information; the first access network device determines to support resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information; the first access network device sends the second message to the positioning management network element. Three messages, the third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三消息包括与第一SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。In a possible implementation, the third message includes area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第一接入网设备向定位管理网元发送第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息之前,第二方面提供的定位广播的配置方法,还包括:第一接入网设备接收来自定位管理网元的第四消息,第四消息用于请求第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。In a possible implementation, before the first access network device sends the configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the second aspect also The method includes: the first access network device receives a fourth message from the positioning management network element, and the fourth message is used to request SRS configuration information that the first access network device expects to receive.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二方面提供的定位广播的配置方法,还包括:第一接入网设备向定位管理网元发送与第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息对应的区域信息。In a possible implementation, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided in the second aspect further includes: the first access network device sending configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element. Corresponding regional information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,区域信息包括以下一项或多项:小区信息、频点信息或者地理区域信息。In a possible implementation, the area information includes one or more of the following: cell information, frequency point information, or geographical area information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,小区信息包括第一接入网设备对应的小区列表和/或与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的小区列表。In a possible implementation manner, the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a cell list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的定位管理网元,或者包含上述定位管理网元的装置,或者上述定位管理网元中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的第一接入网设备,或者包含上述第一接入网设备的装置,或者上述第一接入网设备中包含的装置。所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the various methods mentioned above. The communication device may be the positioning management network element in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned positioning management network element, or a device included in the above-mentioned positioning management network element, such as a chip; or the communication device may be the above-mentioned second positioning management network element. The first access network device in the aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned first access network device, or a device included in the above-mentioned first access network device. The communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method. The modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。该收发模块,也可以称为收发单元,用以实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。该处理模块,可以用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的处理功能。In some possible designs, the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module. The transceiver module, which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof. The transceiver module can be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface. This processing module can be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof.
在一些可能的设计中,收发模块包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和接收功能。In some possible designs, the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的定位管理网元,或者包含上述定位管理网元的装置,或者上述定位管理网元中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的第一接入网设备,或者包含上述第一接入网设备的装置,或者上述第一 接入网设备中包含的装置。A fourth aspect provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device performs the method described in any of the above aspects. The communication device may be the positioning management network element in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned positioning management network element, or a device included in the above-mentioned positioning management network element, such as a chip; or the communication device may be the above-mentioned second positioning management network element. The first access network equipment in the aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned first access network equipment, or the above-mentioned first access network equipment A device included in access network equipment.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器和通信接口;该通信接口,用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信;所述处理器用于执行计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的定位管理网元,或者包含上述定位管理网元的装置,或者上述定位管理网元中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的第一接入网设备,或者包含上述第一接入网设备的装置,或者上述第一接入网设备中包含的装置。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to communicate with modules external to the communication device; the processor is used to execute computer programs or instructions to enable the communication device Perform any of the methods described above. The communication device may be the positioning management network element in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned positioning management network element, or a device included in the above-mentioned positioning management network element, such as a chip; or the communication device may be the above-mentioned second positioning management network element. The first access network device in the aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned first access network device, or a device included in the above-mentioned first access network device.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:至少一个处理器;所述处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该存储器可以与处理器耦合,或者,也可以独立于该处理器。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的定位管理网元,或者包含上述定位管理网元的装置,或者上述定位管理网元中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的第一接入网设备,或者包含上述第一接入网设备的装置,或者上述第一接入网设备中包含的装置。A sixth aspect provides a communication device, including: at least one processor; the processor is configured to execute a computer program or instructions stored in a memory, so that the communication device executes the method described in any of the above aspects. The memory may be coupled to the processor, or may be independent of the processor. The communication device may be the positioning management network element in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned positioning management network element, or a device included in the above-mentioned positioning management network element, such as a chip; or the communication device may be the above-mentioned second positioning management network element. The first access network device in the aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned first access network device, or a device included in the above-mentioned first access network device.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当其在通信装置上运行时,使得通信装置可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. Computer programs or instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When run on a communication device, the communication device can perform the method described in any of the above aspects. .
第八方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在通信装置上运行时,使得该通信装置可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。An eighth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a communication device, enables the communication device to perform the method described in any of the above aspects.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置(例如,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统),该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方面中所涉及的功能。A ninth aspect provides a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system). The communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions involved in any of the above aspects.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。In some possible designs, the communication device includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
在一些可能的设计中,该装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In some possible designs, when the device is a system-on-a-chip, it may be composed of a chip or may include chips and other discrete components.
可以理解的是,第三方面至第九方面中任一方面提供的通信装置是芯片时,上述的发送动作/功能可以理解为输出,上述的接收动作/功能可以理解为输入。It can be understood that when the communication device provided in any one of the third to ninth aspects is a chip, the above-mentioned sending action/function can be understood as output, and the above-mentioned receiving action/function can be understood as input.
其中,第三方面至第九面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面或第二方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought by any one of the design methods in the third aspect to the ninth aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought by the different design methods in the first aspect or the second aspect, and will not be described again here.
第十方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述方面所述的定位管理网元和上述方面所述的第一接入网设备。A tenth aspect provides a communication system, which includes the positioning management network element described in the above aspect and the first access network device described in the above aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种定位广播流程示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a positioning broadcast process provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种按需PRS请求流程示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of an on-demand PRS request process provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的定位广播配置方法的一个定位广播配置系统的架构示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic architectural diagram of a positioning broadcast configuration system of the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的终端设备、NG-RAN设备、LMF与AMF之间的关系示意图一;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram 1 of the relationship between terminal equipment, NG-RAN equipment, LMF and AMF provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的终端设备、NG-RAN设备、LMF与AMF之间的关系 示意图二;Figure 5 shows the relationship between terminal equipment, NG-RAN equipment, LMF and AMF provided by the embodiment of this application. Diagram 2;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法流程示意图一;Figure 7 is a schematic flowchart 1 of the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的至少一个接入网设备的一种分布示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic distribution diagram of at least one access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的至少一个接入网设备的另一种分布示意图;Figure 9 is another schematic distribution diagram of at least one access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法流程示意图二;Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart 2 of the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法流程示意图三;Figure 11 is a schematic flowchart three of the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一个定位管理网元的结构示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning management network element provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一个第一接入网设备的结构示意图。Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为方便理解本申请实施例提供的技术方案,首先给出本申请相关技术的简要介绍。简要介绍如下:In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, a brief introduction to the relevant technologies of the present application is first given. A brief introduction is as follows:
第一,SRS:First, SRS:
本申请实施例中的SRS可以包括版本15(reversion15,R15)以及之前版本采用的用于多入多出(multiple-input multiple-output,MIMO)的上行参考信号(即MIMO-SRS)、版本16(reversion16,R16)提出的专用于定位的上行定位参考信号(positioning sounding reference signal,pos-SRS)或者未来的其他参考信号等。The SRS in the embodiment of the present application may include version 15 (reversion 15, R15) and the uplink reference signal for multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) used in previous versions (ie, MIMO-SRS), version 16 The uplink positioning reference signal (positioning sounding reference signal, pos-SRS) proposed by (reversion16, R16) dedicated to positioning or other reference signals in the future.
第二,SRS配置信息:Second, SRS configuration information:
SRS配置信息用于终端设备发送SRS。其中,SRS配置信息可以由接入网设备进行资源配置,之后接入网设备可以通过RRC连接将SRS配置信息发送至终端设备。SRS配置信息可以包括发送SRS的方式、时域资源或者频域资源等。The SRS configuration information is used by the terminal device to send SRS. The SRS configuration information can be resource configured by the access network device, and then the access network device can send the SRS configuration information to the terminal device through the RRC connection. The SRS configuration information may include a method of transmitting SRS, time domain resources or frequency domain resources, etc.
下面以新无线(new radio,NR)系统为例,介绍SRS配置信息中包括的内容。The following takes the new radio (NR) system as an example to introduce the content included in the SRS configuration information.
在NR系统中,引入SRS资源集(resource set)和SRS资源(resource)。SRS配置信息可以包括一个或多个SRS资源集,或者一个或多个SRS资源。其中,一个SRS资源集可以包括一个或多个SRS资源。一个SRS资源可以包括以下一项或多项:In the NR system, SRS resource set and SRS resource are introduced. SRS configuration information may include one or more SRS resource sets, or one or more SRS resources. An SRS resource set may include one or more SRS resources. An SRS resource can include one or more of the following:
1、天线端口数:在NR系统中,一个SRS资源可以配置1个、2个或者4个天线端口。1. Number of antenna ports: In the NR system, one SRS resource can be configured with 1, 2 or 4 antenna ports.
2、时域位置:在NR系统中,时域位置包括占用的正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号的索引、起始位置等。其中,OFDM符号索引可以指示SRS资源占用的OFDM符号的个数,一个SRS资源可以配置1个、2个、4个、8个或者12个OFDM符号,起始位置可以由字段startPosition给出。2. Time domain position: In the NR system, the time domain position includes the index and starting position of the occupied orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol. Among them, the OFDM symbol index can indicate the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the SRS resource. One SRS resource can be configured with 1, 2, 4, 8 or 12 OFDM symbols, and the starting position can be given by the field startPosition.
3、资源类型:在NR系统中,SRS资源可以分为周期性(periodic)、半持续性(semi-persistent)或者非周期性(aperiodic)。其中,对于半持续性或者周期性的SRS资源,一个SRS资源内可以包括为终端设备指定的周期以及时隙偏移索引(时隙偏移量)。3. Resource type: In the NR system, SRS resources can be divided into periodic (periodic), semi-persistent (semi-persistent) or aperiodic (aperiodic). For semi-persistent or periodic SRS resources, one SRS resource may include a period and a time slot offset index (time slot offset) specified for the terminal device.
4、占用的资源块(resource element,RB)索引:在NR系统中,一个SRS资源可以占用4-272个RB。4. Occupied resource block (resource element, RB) index: In the NR system, one SRS resource can occupy 4-272 RBs.
5、频域梳齿(comb)配置:在NR系统中,梳齿配置可以包括梳齿结构的索引,其中,梳齿结构的索引的数值可以为2或者4。 5. Frequency domain comb configuration: In the NR system, the comb configuration may include an index of the comb structure, where the value of the index of the comb structure may be 2 or 4.
需要说明的是,一个SRS资源还可以包括SRS传输的重复因子(字段repetitionFactor)、SRS资源在频域上的偏移以及SRS资源的调频配置等,具体描述可以参见第三代合作伙伴项目(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)的技术标准(technical standard,TS)38.211,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that an SRS resource can also include the repetition factor (field repetitionFactor) of SRS transmission, the offset of the SRS resource in the frequency domain, and the frequency modulation configuration of the SRS resource. For detailed description, please refer to the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) technical standard (TS) 38.211, which will not be described in detail here.
第三,基于SRS的上行定位技术:Third, SRS-based uplink positioning technology:
基于SRS的定位技术的原理是通过测量接入网设备接收终端设备发送的SRS的相关参数进行定位。SRS的相关参数例如可以是观测到达时间差(observed time difference of arrival,OTDOA)或者到达角(arrival of arrival,AOA)。示例性的,基于SRS的定位技术可以包括:The principle of SRS-based positioning technology is to perform positioning by measuring the relevant parameters of the SRS sent by the access network equipment received by the terminal equipment. The relevant parameters of SRS can be, for example, observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) or angle of arrival (arrival of arrival, AOA). Exemplary SRS-based positioning technology may include:
1、上行到达时间差(uplink time difference of arrival,UL-TDOA)1. Uplink time difference of arrival (UL-TDOA)
UL-TDOA的定位原理是测量不同接入网设备接收终端设备发送的SRS的到达时间差,并根据该达到时间差确定终端设备的位置信息。The positioning principle of UL-TDOA is to measure the arrival time difference between different access network devices receiving SRS sent by the terminal device, and determine the location information of the terminal device based on the arrival time difference.
2、上行到达角(uplink angle of arrival,UL-AOA)2. Uplink angle of arrival (UL-AOA)
UL-AOA的定位原理是测量接入网设备接收终端设备发送的SRS的上行达到角,并根据该上行达到角确定终端设备的位置信息。其中,上行达到角可以是指终端设备发送的SRS到达接入网设备时与某一方向(如:水平面或水平面的法线)之间的夹角。示例性的,终端设备发送的SRS的上行到达角可以是终端设备发送的SRS到达接入网设备时与正北方向的夹角α。The positioning principle of UL-AOA is to measure the uplink arrival angle of the SRS sent by the access network device when it is received by the terminal device, and determine the location information of the terminal device based on the uplink arrival angle. The uplink arrival angle may refer to the angle between when the SRS sent by the terminal device reaches the access network device and a certain direction (such as the horizontal plane or the normal line of the horizontal plane). For example, the uplink arrival angle of the SRS sent by the terminal device may be the angle α between the SRS sent by the terminal device and the north direction when it reaches the access network device.
此外,基于SRS的定位技术还可以包括其他定位技术,例如基于多小区往返时间(multi-cell round trip time,Multi-RTT)的定位技术或者基于增强小区标识(enhanced cell identity,E-CID)的定位技术,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。In addition, SRS-based positioning technology can also include other positioning technologies, such as positioning technology based on multi-cell round trip time (Multi-RTT) or based on enhanced cell identity (E-CID) Positioning technology is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
第四,定位参考信号(positioning reference signal,PRS):Fourth, positioning reference signal (PRS):
PRS是R16提出的专用于定位的下行定位参考信号。PRS可以应用于下行到达时间差(downlink time difference of arrival,DL-TDOA)、下行离开角(downlink angle of departure,DL-AOD)、Multi-RTT或者E-CID等定位技术中。PRS is a downlink positioning reference signal dedicated to positioning proposed by R16. PRS can be applied to positioning technologies such as downlink time difference of arrival (DL-TDOA), downlink angle of departure (DL-AOD), Multi-RTT or E-CID.
第五,定位系统信息块(positioning system information block,posSIB):Fifth, positioning system information block (posSIB):
posSIB是R16提出的专用于广播辅助数据的系统信息块(system information block,SIB)。其中,辅助数据(assistance data)可以提供全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS)和/或PRS的预期特征,比如频率、预期达到时间或者信号编解码信息等。进而,终端设备接收到posSIB之后,可以使用posSIB携带的定位辅助数据来获取和测量GNSS和/或PRS。posSIB is a system information block (SIB) proposed by R16 specifically for broadcasting auxiliary data. Among them, auxiliary data (assistance data) can provide expected characteristics of global navigation satellite system (GNSS) and/or PRS, such as frequency, expected arrival time, or signal encoding and decoding information. Furthermore, after receiving the posSIB, the terminal device can use the positioning assistance data carried by the posSIB to obtain and measure GNSS and/or PRS.
在NR系统中,辅助数据可以包括在posSIB中。其中,posSIB可以由系统信息(system information,SI)携带。posSIB到SI消息的映射可以根据系统信息块(system information,SIB)1中包括的pos-schedulingInfoList参数配置。该SIB1可以由下一代无线接入网(next-generation radio access network,NG-RAN)设备周期性地广播。In NR systems, assistance data may be included in posSIB. Among them, posSIB can be carried by system information (SI). The mapping of posSIB to SI messages can be configured according to the pos-schedulingInfoList parameter included in the system information block (system information, SIB) 1. This SIB1 can be broadcast periodically by next-generation radio access network (NG-RAN) equipment.
在NR系统中,posSIB可以由定位管理功能(location management function,LMF)生成和加密。In NR systems, posSIB can be generated and encrypted by the location management function (LMF).
可选地,LMF可以通过TS 38.455中定义的NR位置协议A(NR positioning protocol annex,NRPPa)消息,将posSIB发送给NG-RAN设备。该NRPPa消息可以为辅助信息控 制(assistance information control)。辅助信息控制可以包括不同的信息元素(information element,IE)或组名(group name)。辅助控制信息中具体的IE/组名以及IE/组名对应的属性可以参见表1的描述。Optionally, the LMF can send posSIB to the NG-RAN device through the NR positioning protocol annex (NRPPa) message defined in TS 38.455. The NRPPa message can be an auxiliary information control Assistance information control. Auxiliary information control may include different information elements (IEs) or group names (group names). For the specific IE/group name in the auxiliary control information and the attributes corresponding to the IE/group name, please refer to the description in Table 1.
表1
Table 1
其中,表1中辅助信息包括的内容可以参见表2中的描述。Among them, the content included in the auxiliary information in Table 1 can be found in the description in Table 2.
如表2所描述的,posSIB可以包括不同的posSIB类型。其中,不同的posSIB类型可以携带不同的信息,具体可以参见表3中的描述。As described in Table 2, posSIB may include different posSIB types. Among them, different posSIB types can carry different information. For details, see the description in Table 3.
表2

Table 2

如表2所描述的,posSIB可以包括不同的posSIB类型。其中,不同的posSIB类型可以携带不同的信息,具体可以参见表3中的描述。As described in Table 2, posSIB may include different posSIB types. Among them, different posSIB types can carry different information. For details, see the description in Table 3.
表3

table 3

如表3所示,posSIB可以下发:GNSS公共辅助信息(posSibType1-1~1-10)、GNSS通用辅助信息(posSibType2-1~2-25)、OTDOA辅助信息(posSibType3-1)、气压计辅助信息(posSibType4-1)、DL-TDOA/DL-AOD辅助信息(posSibType6-1~6-5)、或者按需PRS辅助信息等(posSibType6-6)。As shown in Table 3, posSIB can deliver: GNSS public auxiliary information (posSibType1-1~1-10), GNSS general auxiliary information (posSibType2-1~2-25), OTDOA auxiliary information (posSibType3-1), barometer Auxiliary information (posSibType4-1), DL-TDOA/DL-AOD auxiliary information (posSibType6-1~6-5), or on-demand PRS auxiliary information (posSibType6-6).
以NR系统中的LMF、NG-RAN设备、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、以及终端设备的交互为例,如图1所示,本申请实施例提供的一种定位广播(positioning broadcast)流程,包括如下步骤:Taking the interaction of LMF, NG-RAN equipment, access and mobility management function (AMF), and terminal equipment in the NR system as an example, as shown in Figure 1, an embodiment of the present application provides A positioning broadcast process includes the following steps:
S100、LMF生成网络辅助数据(network assistance data)。S100, LMF generates network assistance data (network assistance data).
其中,网络辅助数据可以包括辅助数据。该网络辅助数据可以包括在posSIB中。该posSIB可以由上述NRPPa消息携带。The network assistance data may include assistance data. This network assistance data may be included in posSIB. The posSIB can be carried by the above-mentioned NRPPa message.
可选地,辅助数据可以包括以下一项或多项数据:GNSS公共辅助数据、GNSS通用辅助数据、OTDOA辅助数据、气压计辅助数据、DL-TDOA/DL-AOD辅助数据、或者按需PRS辅助数据等。Optionally, the assistance data may include one or more of the following data: GNSS public assistance data, GNSS general assistance data, OTDOA assistance data, barometer assistance data, DL-TDOA/DL-AOD assistance data, or on-demand PRS assistance Data etc.
其中,DL-TDOA/DL-AOD辅助数据中的posSibType6-1可以包括PRS配置信息。该PRS配置信息可以包括一个或多个PRS资源集,或者一个或多个PRS资源。一个PRS资源集可以包括一个或多个PRS资源。一个PRS资源可以包括天线端口数、时域位置、资源类型、占用的RB索引、或者频域comb配置等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Among them, posSibType6-1 in the DL-TDOA/DL-AOD auxiliary data can include PRS configuration information. The PRS configuration information may include one or more PRS resource sets, or one or more PRS resources. A PRS resource set may include one or more PRS resources. A PRS resource may include the number of antenna ports, time domain location, resource type, occupied RB index, or frequency domain comb configuration, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
S101、LMF向AMF发送N2消息传输(N2 message transfer)请求。相应地,AMF接收来自LMF的N2消息传输请求。其中,该N2消息传输请求可以包括NRPPa消息1。该NRPPa消息1可以包括posSIB。posSIB可以包括网络辅助数据。S101. LMF sends an N2 message transfer request to AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the N2 message transmission request from the LMF. Wherein, the N2 message transmission request may include NRPPa message 1. The NRPPa message 1 may include posSIB. posSIB may include network assistance data.
可选地,本申请实施例中,N2消息传输请求还可以包括NG-RAN设备的标识,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the N2 message transmission request may also include the identification of the NG-RAN device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
S102、AMF网元向NG-RAN设备发送N2传输消息(N2 Transport message)1。相应地,NG-RAN设备接收来自AMF网元的N2传输消息1。其中,该N2传输消息1包括NRPPa消息1。该NRPPa消息1包括posSIB。该posSIB包括网络辅助数据。S102. The AMF network element sends the N2 Transport message (N2 Transport message) 1 to the NG-RAN device. Correspondingly, the NG-RAN device receives N2 transmission message 1 from the AMF network element. Wherein, the N2 transmission message 1 includes NRPPa message 1. The NRPPa message 1 includes posSIB. The posSIB includes network assistance data.
可选地,本申请实施例中,N2传输消息1中还可以包括路由标识符,用于标识LMF,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the N2 transmission message 1 may also include a routing identifier for identifying the LMF, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
S103、NG-RAN设备向终端设备发送广播消息(broadcast message)。相应地,终端设备接收来自NG-RAN设备的广播消息。其中,该广播消息包括posSIB。posSIB包括网络辅助数据。也就是说,终端设备可以获得posSIB中的辅助数据,进而根据辅助数据进行定位。S103. The NG-RAN device sends a broadcast message to the terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the broadcast message from the NG-RAN device. Wherein, the broadcast message includes posSIB. posSIB includes network assistance data. In other words, the terminal device can obtain the auxiliary data in posSIB and then perform positioning based on the auxiliary data.
S104、NG-RAN设备向AMF发送N2传输消息2。相应的,AMF接收来自NG-RAN设备的N2传输消息2。其中,该N2传输消息2包括NRPPa消息2。NRPPa消息2中包括辅助信息反馈(assistance info feedback)。该辅助信息反馈包括NG-RAN设备发送posSIB的情况。NG-RAN设备发送posSIB的情况可以包括NG-RAN设备是否发送该posSIB,和/或NG-RAN设备发送posSIB失败的小区等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。S104. The NG-RAN device sends N2 transmission message 2 to the AMF. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the N2 transmission message 2 from the NG-RAN device. Wherein, the N2 transmission message 2 includes NRPPa message 2. NRPPa message 2 includes assistance information feedback (assistance info feedback). The auxiliary information feedback includes the situation where the NG-RAN device sends posSIB. The circumstances under which the NG-RAN device sends posSIB may include whether the NG-RAN device sends the posSIB, and/or the cell to which the NG-RAN device fails to send posSIB, etc. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
示例性的,辅助信息反馈包括的内容可以参见表4的描述。 For example, the content included in the auxiliary information feedback can be found in the description of Table 4.
表4
Table 4
S105、AMF向LMF发送N2信息通知(N2InfoNotify)消息。相应地,LMF接收来自AMF的N2信息通知消息。该N2信息通知消息包括上述NRPPa消息2。S105. The AMF sends an N2 information notification (N2InfoNotify) message to the LMF. Correspondingly, the LMF receives the N2 information notification message from the AMF. The N2 information notification message includes the above-mentioned NRPPa message 2.
进而,LMF可以获得上述辅助信息反馈。Furthermore, LMF can obtain the above-mentioned auxiliary information feedback.
应理解,本申请实施例中,在执行上述步骤S103和步骤S104的情况下,步骤S103与步骤S104之间没有必然的执行先后顺序,可以是先执行步骤S103,再执行步骤S104;也可以是先执行步骤S104,在执行步骤S103;还可以是同时执行上述步骤S103和步骤S104,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, when the above-mentioned steps S103 and S104 are executed, there is no necessary order of execution between step S103 and step S104. Step S103 may be executed first, and then step S104 may be executed; or it may be Step S104 is executed first, and then step S103 is executed; the above step S103 and step S104 may also be executed at the same time, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,本申请实施例上述步骤S100中,LMF可以加密网络辅助数据。相应地, 步骤S101、步骤S102以及步骤S103中的网络辅助数据可以是加密后的网络辅助数据。其中,终端设备接收加密后的网络辅助数据之后,可以通过对应该加密后的网络辅助数据的密钥解密该加密后的网络辅助数据。相应地,该密钥可以由LMF提供。Optionally, in the above step S100 in this embodiment of the present application, the LMF may encrypt the network assistance data. Correspondingly, The network assistance data in step S101, step S102 and step S103 may be encrypted network assistance data. After receiving the encrypted network assistance data, the terminal device can decrypt the encrypted network assistance data through a key corresponding to the encrypted network assistance data. Accordingly, this key can be provided by the LMF.
可选地,本申请实施例中,LMF向终端设备发送加密密钥的流程与上述步骤S101~S105之间无关联。该发送加密密钥的流程可以参见TS 23.502中定义的LMF向终端设备提供加密密钥的流程,在此不再赘述。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, there is no correlation between the process of the LMF sending the encryption key to the terminal device and the above steps S101 to S105. The process of sending encryption keys can be found in the process of LMF providing encryption keys to terminal devices defined in TS 23.502, which will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,LMF还可以通过与其他网元或功能节点或模块交互向终端设备广播网络辅助数据,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the LMF can also broadcast network assistance data to the terminal device by interacting with other network elements or functional nodes or modules, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
第六,按需PRS请求:Sixth, on-demand PRS request:
如上述表3所描述,posSIB可以包括按需PRS请求。其中,该按需PRS请求可以使得PRS配置信息按需或者经事件触发地由posSIB广播。As described in Table 3 above, posSIB may include on-demand PRS requests. The on-demand PRS request can cause the PRS configuration information to be broadcast by posSIB on demand or through an event trigger.
下面以NG-RAN设备包括NR系统中的下一代节点B(gNodeB,gNB)或传输接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)为例,介绍按需PRS请求的流程。The following takes NG-RAN equipment including the next generation node B (gNodeB, gNB) or transmission and reception point (TRP) in the NR system as an example to introduce the process of on-demand PRS request.
应理解,在NR系统中,NR-RAN设备可以分为终端设备的服务接入网设备或邻区接入网设备。其中,该服务接入网设备可以包括服务gNB或服务TRP,该邻区接入网设备可以包括至少一个邻区gNB或邻区TRP。It should be understood that in the NR system, NR-RAN equipment can be divided into serving access network equipment or neighboring cell access network equipment of the terminal equipment. The serving access network device may include a serving gNB or a serving TRP, and the neighbor access network device may include at least one neighbor gNB or neighbor TRP.
应理解,服务接入网设备是指为终端设备提供连接服务的接入网设备,邻区接入网设备是指终端设备可以检测到该接入网设备的信号,但不为终端设备提供连接服务的接入网设备;或者,邻区接入网设备可以是与服务接入网设备相邻的接入网设备,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。It should be understood that the service access network equipment refers to the access network equipment that provides connection services for terminal equipment, and the neighboring access network equipment refers to the terminal equipment that can detect the signal of the access network equipment but does not provide connections for the terminal equipment. The access network equipment of the service; alternatively, the access network equipment of the neighboring cell may be the access network equipment adjacent to the service access network equipment, which will be explained here uniformly and will not be described in detail below.
以图2所示的LMF、终端设备、服务接入网设备或邻区接入网设备之间的交互为例,如图2所示,按需PRS请求的流程包括:Taking the interaction between LMF, terminal equipment, service access network equipment or neighboring cell access network equipment shown in Figure 2 as an example, as shown in Figure 2, the on-demand PRS request process includes:
S200、LMF向服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备发送按需PRS请求的配置请求。相应地,服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备接收来自LMF的按需PRS请求的配置请求。其中,该按需PRS请求的配置请求用于请求获取服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备上关于PRS的相关参数。S200. The LMF sends a configuration request of the on-demand PRS request to the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device. Correspondingly, the serving access network device and/or the neighbor access network device receives the configuration request of the on-demand PRS request from the LMF. The configuration request of the on-demand PRS request is used to request to obtain relevant parameters related to PRS on the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device.
可选地,按需PRS请求的配置请求可以由NRPPa消息3携带。其中,该NRPPa消息3中包括TRP信息请求(TRP information request)。TRP信息请求(TRP information request)可以请求的内容包括:按需PRS请求的信息、NR物理小区标识(physical cell ID,PCI)、NG-RAN的全球小区识别码(cell global identifier,CGI)、NR绝对无线频率信道编号(absolute radio frequency channel number,ARFCN)、单频网络(single frequency network,SFN)初始化时间(initialisation time)、同步信号/物理层广播信道块(synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block,SSB)配置、空间方向信息(spatial direction information)、地理坐标(geographical coordinates)、TRP发射定时偏差组(timing error group,TEG)关联、或者TRP波束天线信息(beam antenna information)等,具体可以参见表5中TRP信息类型项的描述。Optionally, the configuration request of the on-demand PRS request may be carried by NRPPa message 3. Among them, the NRPPa message 3 includes a TRP information request (TRP information request). The contents that can be requested by TRP information request include: information requested by on-demand PRS, NR physical cell ID (PCI), NG-RAN global cell identifier (CGI), NR Absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN), single frequency network (SFN) initialization time (initialisation time), synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SSB) ) configuration, spatial direction information (spatial direction information), geographical coordinates (geographical coordinates), TRP transmission timing error group (TEG) association, or TRP beam antenna information (beam antenna information), etc. For details, see Table 5 Description of the TRP information type item.
如表5所示,TRP信息请求中的TRP信息类型项(TRP information type item)可以描述LMF请求的内容。其中,可以将该TRP信息类型项设置为on-demand trp prs info。如此,LMF可以向服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备发送按需PRS请求的配 置请求。As shown in Table 5, the TRP information type item in the TRP information request can describe the content of the LMF request. Among them, the TRP information type item can be set to on-demand trp prs info. In this way, the LMF can send the configuration of the on-demand PRS request to the serving access network equipment and/or the neighboring cell access network equipment. Setup request.
需要说明的是,LMF可以通过其他消息向服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备发送按需PRS请求的配置请求,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that the LMF may send the configuration request of the on-demand PRS request to the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device through other messages, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
表5

table 5

S201、服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备向LMF发送按需PRS请求的配置请求响应。相应地,LMF接收来自服务接入网设备和/或邻居接入网设备的按需PRS请求的配置请求响应。其中,按需PRS请求的配置请求响应可以包括预定义的PRS配置(pre-defined PRS configurations)。S201. The serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device sends a configuration request response of the on-demand PRS request to the LMF. Correspondingly, the LMF receives a configuration request response to the on-demand PRS request from the serving access network device and/or the neighbor access network device. Among them, the configuration request response of the on-demand PRS request can include pre-defined PRS configurations (pre-defined PRS configurations).
可选地,按需PRS请求的配置请求响应可以由NRPPa消息4携带。其中,该NRPPa消息4中包括TRP信息响应(TRP information response)。TRP信息响应(TRP information response)包括的内容可以参见表6的描述。Optionally, the configuration request response to the on-demand PRS request may be carried by NRPPa message 4. Among them, the NRPPa message 4 includes a TRP information response (TRP information response). The content included in the TRP information response (TRP information response) can be found in the description in Table 6.
表6

Table 6

如表6所示,TRP信息响应包括TRP信息。其中,该TRP信息可以包括预定义的PRS配置。As shown in Table 6, the TRP information response includes TRP information. The TRP information may include predefined PRS configuration.
示例性的,在LMF请求on-demand trp prs info的情况下,该TRP信息可以包括如表7中所示的按需请求PRS TRP信息(on-demand PRS TRP information)。For example, when the LMF requests on-demand trp prs info, the TRP information may include on-demand PRS TRP information (on-demand PRS TRP information) as shown in Table 7.
表7

Table 7

需要说明的是,服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备可以通过其他消息向LMF发送按需PRS请求的配置请求响应,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device may send a configuration request response to the on-demand PRS request to the LMF through other messages, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
S202、LMF向终端设备发送预定义的PRS配置。相应地,终端设备接收来自LMF的预定义的PRS配置。S202. The LMF sends the predefined PRS configuration to the terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the predefined PRS configuration from the LMF.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以发起按需PRS请求(UE-initiated on-demand PRS),包括如下步骤:In a possible implementation, the terminal device can initiate an on-demand PRS request (UE-initiated on-demand PRS), including the following steps:
S203a、终端设备向LMF发送按需PRS请求。相应地,LMF接收终端设备发送的 按需PRS请求。S203a. The terminal device sends an on-demand PRS request to the LMF. Correspondingly, LMF receives the On-demand PRS requests.
其中,该按需PRS请求可以由长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)定位协议(LTE positioning protocol,LPP)消息1携带。Among them, the on-demand PRS request may be carried by a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP) message 1.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,LMF可以发起按需PRS请求(LMF-initiated on-demand PRS),包括如下步骤:In another possible implementation, LMF can initiate an on-demand PRS request (LMF-initiated on-demand PRS), including the following steps:
S203b、LMF通过LPP过程,得到LMF发起按需PRS请求的相关信息。其中,该相关信息例如可以包括测量结果、或者PRS配置等。S203b. LMF obtains relevant information about the on-demand PRS request initiated by LMF through the LPP process. The relevant information may include, for example, measurement results or PRS configuration.
S204、LMF确定向服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备发送按需PRS请求。S204. The LMF determines to send the on-demand PRS request to the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device.
示例性的,在LMF需要传输PRS配置,或者需要改变传输的PRS配置的情况下,LMF确定向服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备发送按需PRS请求。For example, when the LMF needs to transmit the PRS configuration or needs to change the transmitted PRS configuration, the LMF determines to send an on-demand PRS request to the serving access network device and/or the neighbor access network device.
S205、LMF向服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备发送NRPPa消息5。相应地,服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备接收来自LMF的NRPPa消息5。其中,该NRPPa消息5包括PRS配置请求(PRS configuration request)。该PRS配置请求包括的内容可以参见表8的描述。S205. The LMF sends the NRPPa message 5 to the serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device. Correspondingly, the serving access network device and/or the neighboring access network device receives the NRPPa message 5 from the LMF. Among them, the NRPPa message 5 includes a PRS configuration request (PRS configuration request). The contents included in the PRS configuration request can be found in Table 8.
表8

Table 8

如表8所示,当PRS配置请求携带请求的DL PRS传输特性(requested DL PRS transmission characteristics)的情况下,表示LMF请求PRS配置的具体参数。当PRS配置请求携带PRS传输关断信息的情况下,表示LMF请求PRS开启或者关断。As shown in Table 8, when the PRS configuration request carries the requested DL PRS transmission characteristics (requested DL PRS transmission characteristics), it indicates that the LMF requests the specific parameters of the PRS configuration. When the PRS configuration request carries PRS transmission shutdown information, it means that the LMF requests PRS to be turned on or off.
S206、服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备向LMF发送NRPPa消息6。相应地,LMF接收来自服务接入网设备和/或邻区接入网设备的NRPPa消息6。其中,该NRPPa消息6包括PRS配置响应(PRS configuration response)。该PRS配置响应可以包括具体的PRS配置。也就是说,LMF可以接收具体的PRS配置,进而可以确认更新的PRS配置。S206. The serving access network device and/or the neighboring cell access network device sends the NRPPa message 6 to the LMF. Correspondingly, the LMF receives the NRPPa message 6 from the serving access network device and/or the neighbor access network device. Among them, the NRPPa message 6 includes a PRS configuration response (PRS configuration response). The PRS configuration response may include specific PRS configuration. In other words, the LMF can receive the specific PRS configuration and then confirm the updated PRS configuration.
示例性的,PRS配置响应包括的内容可以参见表9的描述。For example, the content included in the PRS configuration response can be found in the description of Table 9.
表9

Table 9

S207、LMF向终端设备发送更新后的PRS配置。相应地,终端设备接收来自LMF的更新后的PRS配置。其中,该更新后的PRS配置可以由LPP消息2携带。S207. The LMF sends the updated PRS configuration to the terminal device. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the updated PRS configuration from the LMF. The updated PRS configuration may be carried by LPP message 2.
可以理解,LMF向终端设备发送更新后的PRS配置可以是LMF向服务接入网设备发送更新后的PRS配置,相应地服务接入网设备接收来自LMF的更新后的PRS配置。进一步的,服务接入网设备向终端设备发送posSIB。其中,该posSIB包括更新后的PRS配置。It can be understood that the LMF sending the updated PRS configuration to the terminal device may be that the LMF sends the updated PRS configuration to the serving access network device, and accordingly the serving access network device receives the updated PRS configuration from the LMF. Further, the service access network device sends posSIB to the terminal device. Among them, the posSIB includes the updated PRS configuration.
应理解,本申请实施例中,SRS为终端设备发送且由接入网设备接收的参考信号,PRS为接入网设备发送且由终端设备接收的参考信号,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the SRS is a reference signal sent by the terminal device and received by the access network device, and the PRS is a reference signal sent by the access network device and received by the terminal device. They are explained here in a unified manner and will not be described in detail below. .
如上所述,posSIB不携带SRS的配置信息,而SRS的配置信息需要通过另外的专用信令,才能由NR-RAN设备中的服务节点发送至终端设备,这样终端设备接收SRS配置信息需要更多的网络资源。As mentioned above, posSIB does not carry the SRS configuration information, and the SRS configuration information needs to pass additional dedicated signaling before it can be sent to the terminal device by the service node in the NR-RAN device. In this way, the terminal device needs more information to receive the SRS configuration information. network resources.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种定位广播的配置方法,可以优化上行定位参考信号的配置流程,节省信令开销。In view of this, embodiments of the present application provide a configuration method for positioning broadcast, which can optimize the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal and save signaling overhead.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。其中,在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。并且,在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请的实施例中,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Among them, in the description of this application, unless otherwise stated, "/" means that the related objects are an "or" relationship. For example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this application "It is just an association relationship that describes related objects. It means that there can be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. Among them, A ,B can be singular or plural. Furthermore, in the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more than two. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple . In addition, in order to facilitate a clear description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish identical or similar items with basically the same functions and effects. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the number and execution order, and words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the number and execution order.
此外,本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。In addition, the network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are for the purpose of explaining the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that, With the evolution of network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或NR系统。本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于其他通信系统。例如:LTE系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系 统、UMTS,全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统等。其中,本申请中涉及的5G通信系统包括非独立组网(non-standalone,NSA)的NR系统或独立组网(standalone,SA)的NR系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。通信系统还可以是陆上公用移动通信网(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络、设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信系统、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) systems or NR systems. The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other communication systems. For example: LTE system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD) system system, UMTS, global interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, etc. Among them, the 5G communication system involved in this application includes a non-standalone (NSA) NR system or a standalone (SA) NR system. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. The communication system can also be a public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, or a device-to-device (D2D) communication system. Internet of Things (IoT) communication system or other communication system.
图3为本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法的一个定位广播配置系统的架构示意图。如图3所示,该定位广播配置系统包括定位管理网元和至少一个接入网设备。其中,接入网设备可以支持至少一个频点,以及可以覆盖有至少一个小区,或者覆盖有至少一个地理区域。该地理区域可以是工业园区、住宅小区、或者商场等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。该定位管理网元与该至少一个接入网设备中的每个接入网设备可以直接通信,也可以通过其他设备的转发进行通信,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。虽然未示出,该通信系统还可以包括AMF等其他网元或功能或模块,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。FIG. 3 is a schematic architectural diagram of a positioning broadcast configuration system according to the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, the positioning broadcast configuration system includes a positioning management network element and at least one access network device. The access network device may support at least one frequency point, and may cover at least one cell, or cover at least one geographical area. The geographical area may be an industrial park, a residential area, a shopping mall, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application. The positioning management network element and each access network device in the at least one access network device can communicate directly, or can communicate through forwarding by other devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application. Although not shown, the communication system may also include other network elements or functions or modules such as AMF, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
下面以定位管理网元与至少一个接入网设备交互为例进行说明。The following description takes the interaction between the positioning management network element and at least one access network device as an example.
在一种可能的实现方式中,定位管理网元生成posSIB,并向第一接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息包括posSIB,第一消息用于指示第一接入网设备发送posSIB。相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自定位管理网元的第一消息,并根据第一消息发送posSIB。其中,posSIB包括第一接入网设备对应的第一SRS配置信息,该第一SRS配置信息包括候选SRS配置信息中的一个或多个SRS配置信息。该候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。第一接入网设备为定位管理网元在至少一个接入网设备中确定的接入网设备。In a possible implementation, the positioning management network element generates posSIB and sends a first message to the first access network device. The first message includes posSIB, and the first message is used to instruct the first access network device to send posSIB. . Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the first message from the positioning management network element and sends posSIB according to the first message. The posSIB includes first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, and the first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information among the candidate SRS configuration information. The candidate SRS configuration information includes configuration information of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive. The first access network device is an access network device determined by the positioning management network element in at least one access network device.
上述方案的具体实现将在下述实施例中详细阐述,在此不再赘述。The specific implementation of the above solution will be explained in detail in the following embodiments, and will not be described again here.
由于本申请实施例中,posSIB中的第一SRS配置信息可以包括至少一个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息,即第一SRS配置可以包括第一接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息,或者还可以包括与该第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息。进而,第一接入网设备广播posSIB之后,驻留第一接入网设备覆盖的小区的多个终端设备可以不需要专用信令,即可获取第一接入网设备的SRS配置信息,或者还可以获取与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备的SRS配置信息,不仅可以节省信令开销,而且多个终端设备共享上行定位资源,可以提高上行定位网络资源的利用率。因此,基于本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法,可以优化上行定位参考信号的配置流程以节省网络资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the first SRS configuration information in posSIB may include the configuration information of the SRS that at least one access network device expects to receive, that is, the first SRS configuration may include the SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device. , or may also include SRS configuration information corresponding to an access network device adjacent to the first access network device. Furthermore, after the first access network device broadcasts posSIB, multiple terminal devices camping in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling, or The SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can also be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources, which can improve the utilization of uplink positioning network resources. Therefore, based on the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
可选地,本申请实施例中的定位管理网元可以是LMF、定位管理单元(location manager unit,LMU)、定位管理组件(location management component,LMC)、集成在RAN侧的LMC、位于NG-RAN设备中的本地定位管理功能(local location management function,LLMF)、增强移动服务定位中心(enhanced serving mobile location center,E-SMLC)、用户面安全定位平台(secure user plane location platform,SLP)、定位服务器、导航服务器等,也可以为可设置于LMF、E-SMLC、SLP、定位服务器、导航服务 器中的芯片(系统)或其他具备定位管理网元功能的部件。Optionally, the location management network element in the embodiment of the present application may be an LMF, a location manager unit (LMU), a location management component (LMC), an LMC integrated on the RAN side, or an LMC located on the NG- Local location management function (LLMF), enhanced serving mobile location center (E-SMLC), user plane secure location platform (SLP), positioning in RAN equipment Server, navigation server, etc., can also be set in LMF, E-SMLC, SLP, positioning server, navigation service The chip (system) in the server or other components with the function of locating and managing network elements.
可选地,本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的通信设备。该接入网设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB),基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者TRP等。该接入网设备还可以为5G系统中的gNB或TRP或TP,或者5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板。此外,该接入网设备还可以为构成gNB或TP的网络节点,如BBU,或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。Optionally, the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with wireless transceiver function used to communicate with the terminal device. The access network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved node B (eNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (access point) in the wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or TRP, etc. The access network device may also be a gNB or TRP or TP in the 5G system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels of a base station in the 5G system. In addition, the access network equipment can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or TP, such as a BBU, or a distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。此外,gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现RRC,分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,接入网设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。In some deployments, gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs. In addition, gNB can also include active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU). CU implements some functions of gNB, and DU implements some functions of gNB. For example, CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing RRC, and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions. DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and active antenna related functions. Since RRC layer information will eventually become PHY layer information, or transformed from PHY layer information, in this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by DU , or sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the access network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
可选地,本申请实施例中的终端设备(terminal equipment)可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、UE、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、用户代理、用户装置、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN中的终端设备或者未来车联网中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。Optionally, the terminal equipment (terminal equipment) in the embodiment of this application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, or a user terminal (user terminal). ), UE, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent, user device, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, Personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolved PLMNs The embodiments of the present application are not limited to the terminal equipment in the Internet of Vehicles or the terminal equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实终端设备、增强现实终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程手术中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、运输安全中的无线终端、智慧城市中的无线终端、智慧家庭中的无线终端等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality terminal device, an augmented reality terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, or a wireless terminal in driverless driving. wireless terminals, wireless terminals in remote surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation security, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。 As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of this application, a wearable device may also be called a wearable smart device, which is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是IoT系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中,IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band,NB)技术,做到海量连接,深度覆盖,终端省电。In addition, in the embodiment of this application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the IoT system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing human-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things. In the embodiment of this application, IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器,主要功能包括收集数据(部分终端设备)、接收接入网设备的控制信息与下行数据,并发送电磁波,向接入网设备传输上行数据。In addition, in the embodiment of this application, terminal equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations. The main functions include collecting data (part of the terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data of access network equipment, and Send electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to access network equipment.
可选的,本申请实施例中的接入网设备和终端设备之间可以通过授权频谱进行通信,也可以通过免授权频谱进行通信,也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信。接入网设备和终端设备之间可以通过6千兆赫(gigahertz,GHz)以下的频谱进行通信,也可以通过6GHz以上的频谱进行通信,还可以同时使用6GHz以下的频谱和6GHz以上的频谱进行通信。本申请的实施例对接入网设备和终端设备之间所使用的频谱资源不做限定。Optionally, the access network device and the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can communicate through a licensed spectrum, a license-free spectrum, or a licensed spectrum and a license-free spectrum at the same time. Access network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate through spectrum below 6 gigahertz (GHz) or above 6 GHz. They can also communicate using spectrum below 6 GHz and spectrum above 6 GHz at the same time. . The embodiments of this application do not limit the spectrum resources used between the access network equipment and the terminal equipment.
可选的,本申请实施例中的终端设备、接入网设备或者定位管理网元可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和人造卫星上。本申请的实施例对终端设备、接入网设备或者定位管理网元的应用场景不做限定。Optionally, the terminal equipment, access network equipment or positioning management network element in the embodiment of this application can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water; it can also be deployed in the air. On airplanes, balloons and satellites. The embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios of terminal equipment, access network equipment, or positioning management network elements.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的定位广播方法可以适用于上述各种通信系统。以5G通信系统为例,图3中的接入网设备所对应的功能或者网元可以为该5G通信系统中的NG-RAN设备。上述的定位管理网元所对应的功能或者网元可以为该5G通信系统中的LMF或者LMC,或者可以是位于NG-RAN设备中的LLMF,或者在LTE接入的情况下可以是E-SMLC,或者在用户面安全定位(secure user plane location,SUPL)的情况下可以是SLP等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the positioning broadcast method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems mentioned above. Taking the 5G communication system as an example, the functions or network elements corresponding to the access network equipment in Figure 3 can be the NG-RAN equipment in the 5G communication system. The function or network element corresponding to the above positioning management network element can be LMF or LMC in the 5G communication system, or it can be LLMF located in NG-RAN equipment, or it can be E-SMLC in the case of LTE access. , or in the case of secure user plane location (SUPL), it may be SLP, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
示例性的,图4或图5为在NR系统中应用本申请实施例的定位广播配置方法时,终端设备、NG-RAN设备、LMF与AMF之间的关系示意图。如图4或图5所示,终端设备通过LTE-Uu和/或NR-Uu接口经由下一代演进型节点B(next-generation evolved NodeB,ng-eNB)和gNB连接到NG-RAN设备;NG-RAN设备通过NG-C接口连接到核心网。其中,NG-RAN设备包括一个或多个ng-eNB(图4或图5以一个ng-eNB为例进行示意);NG-RAN设备也可以包括一个或多个gNB(图4以一个gNB为例进行示意,图5以2个gNB为例进行示意)。ng-eNB为接入5G核心网的LTE基站,gNB为接入5G核心网的5G基站。核心网包括AMF与LMF。其中,AMF用于实现接入管理等功能,LMF用于与终端设备或NG-RAN设备交互以实现各种功能(如定位功能或者功率控制功能等)。AMF与LMF之间通过NLs接口连接。Exemplarily, Figure 4 or Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between terminal equipment, NG-RAN equipment, LMF and AMF when the positioning broadcast configuration method of the embodiment of the present application is applied in an NR system. As shown in Figure 4 or Figure 5, the terminal equipment is connected to the NG-RAN equipment through the LTE-Uu and/or NR-Uu interface via the next-generation evolved NodeB (ng-eNB) and gNB; NG -RAN equipment is connected to the core network through the NG-C interface. Among them, NG-RAN equipment includes one or more ng-eNBs (Figure 4 or Figure 5 takes one ng-eNB as an example); NG-RAN equipment can also include one or more gNBs (Figure 4 takes one gNB as an example). For example, Figure 5 takes 2 gNBs as an example for illustration). ng-eNB is the LTE base station connected to the 5G core network, and gNB is the 5G base station connected to the 5G core network. The core network includes AMF and LMF. Among them, AMF is used to implement functions such as access management, and LMF is used to interact with terminal equipment or NG-RAN equipment to implement various functions (such as positioning functions or power control functions, etc.). AMF and LMF are connected through the NLs interface.
进一步的,5G核心网和NG-RAN设备之间控制面之间的接口为N2接口,5G核心网和NG-RAN之间用户面之间的接口为N3接口,gNB之间的接口为Xn接口。Furthermore, the interface between the control plane between the 5G core network and NG-RAN equipment is the N2 interface, the interface between the user plane between the 5G core network and NG-RAN is the N3 interface, and the interface between gNBs is the Xn interface. .
可选地,如图4或图5所示,核心网还可以包括E-SMLC和SLP。其中,E-SMLC和SLP分别与LMF连接。E-SMLC和SLP可以向LMF提供终端设备所需要的辅助数据,包括例如关于终端设备测量的信号的信息(例如预期信号定时、信号编解码、信号频率、信号多普勒)、地面发射器的位置和/或标识、和/或GNSS的卫星飞行器的信号、 定时以及轨道信息,以促进诸如辅助GNSS、OTDOA以及E-CID的定位技术。Optionally, as shown in Figure 4 or Figure 5, the core network may also include E-SMLC and SLP. Among them, E-SMLC and SLP are connected to LMF respectively. E-SMLC and SLP can provide the LMF with auxiliary data required by the terminal equipment, including, for example, information about the signals measured by the terminal equipment (e.g., expected signal timing, signal codec, signal frequency, signal Doppler), ground transmitter Position and/or identification, and/or GNSS satellite aircraft signals, Timing and orbit information to facilitate positioning technologies such as Assisted GNSS, OTDOA and E-CID.
可以理解,图5与图4类似,区别比如在于:图4的定位管理功能的装置或组件(比如LMF)部署在核心网中,图5的定位管理功能的装置或组件(比如LMC)可以部署在NG-RAN设备中。如图5所示,gNB中包含LMC。LMC是LMF的部分功能组件,可以集成在NG-RAN设备的gNB中。It can be understood that Figure 5 is similar to Figure 4. The difference is, for example, that the device or component (such as LMF) of the location management function in Figure 4 is deployed in the core network, and the device or component (such as LMC) of the location management function in Figure 5 can be deployed. in NG-RAN equipment. As shown in Figure 5, LMC is included in gNB. LMC is part of the functional components of LMF and can be integrated in the gNB of NG-RAN equipment.
应理解,图4或图5中的NG-RAN设备可以为图3中的接入网设备。图4或图5仅是示例性的给出在5G通信系统中应用本申请实施例的定位广播配置方法时,终端设备、NG-RAN设备、LMF与AMF之间的关系示意图,并不限定仅包括一个NG-RAN设备。It should be understood that the NG-RAN equipment in Figure 4 or Figure 5 can be the access network equipment in Figure 3. Figure 4 or Figure 5 is only an exemplary schematic diagram showing the relationship between the terminal equipment, NG-RAN equipment, LMF and AMF when the positioning broadcast configuration method of the embodiment of the present application is applied in the 5G communication system, and is not limiting. Includes an NG-RAN device.
应理解,上述图4或图5中包括的设备或功能节点只是示例性地描述,并不对本申请实施例构成限定,事实上,图4或图5中还可以包含其他与图中示意的设备或功能节点具有交互关系的网元或设备或功能节点,本申请对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that the devices or functional nodes included in the above-mentioned Figure 4 or Figure 5 are only illustrative descriptions and do not limit the embodiments of the present application. In fact, Figure 4 or Figure 5 may also include other devices similar to those illustrated in the figures. Or network elements or devices or functional nodes with interactive relationships between functional nodes, which are not specifically limited in this application.
可选地,本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的通信设备。该接入网设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB),基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者TRP等。该接入网设备还可以为5G系统中的gNB或TRP或TP,或者5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板。此外,该接入网设备还可以为构成gNB或TP的网络节点,如BBU,或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。Optionally, the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with wireless transceiver function used to communicate with the terminal device. The access network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved node B (eNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (access point) in the wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or TRP, etc. The access network device may also be a gNB or TRP or TP in the 5G system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels of a base station in the 5G system. In addition, the access network equipment can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or TP, such as a BBU, or a distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。此外,gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现RRC,分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,接入网设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。In some deployments, gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs. In addition, gNB can also include active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU). CU implements some functions of gNB, and DU implements some functions of gNB. For example, CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing RRC, and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions. DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and active antenna related functions. Since RRC layer information will eventually become PHY layer information, or transformed from PHY layer information, in this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by DU , or sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the access network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
可选地,本申请实施例中的终端设备(terminal equipment)可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、UE、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、用户代理、用户装置、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN中的终端设备或者未来车联网中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。Optionally, the terminal equipment (terminal equipment) in the embodiment of this application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, or a user terminal (user terminal). ), UE, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent, user device, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, Personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolved PLMNs The embodiments of the present application are not limited to the terminal equipment in the Internet of Vehicles or the terminal equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、带无 线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实终端设备、增强现实终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程手术中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、运输安全中的无线终端、智慧城市中的无线终端、智慧家庭中的无线终端等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless Computers with wire transceiver functions, virtual reality terminal equipment, augmented reality terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in driverless driving, wireless terminals in remote surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, and wireless terminals in transportation safety Terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of this application, a wearable device may also be called a wearable smart device, which is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是IoT系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中,IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band,NB)技术,做到海量连接,深度覆盖,终端省电。In addition, in the embodiment of this application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the IoT system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing human-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things. In the embodiment of this application, IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器,主要功能包括收集数据(部分终端设备)、接收接入网设备的控制信息与下行数据,并发送电磁波,向接入网设备传输上行数据。In addition, in the embodiment of this application, terminal equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations. The main functions include collecting data (part of the terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data of access network equipment, and Send electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to access network equipment.
可选的,本申请实施例中的接入网设备和终端设备之间可以通过授权频谱进行通信,也可以通过免授权频谱进行通信,也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信。接入网设备和终端设备之间可以通过6千兆赫(gigahertz,GHz)以下的频谱进行通信,也可以通过6GHz以上的频谱进行通信,还可以同时使用6GHz以下的频谱和6GHz以上的频谱进行通信。本申请的实施例对接入网设备和终端设备之间所使用的频谱资源不做限定。Optionally, the access network device and the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can communicate through a licensed spectrum, a license-free spectrum, or a licensed spectrum and a license-free spectrum at the same time. Access network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate through spectrum below 6 gigahertz (GHz) or above 6 GHz. They can also communicate using spectrum below 6 GHz and spectrum above 6 GHz at the same time. . The embodiments of this application do not limit the spectrum resources used between the access network equipment and the terminal equipment.
可选的,本申请实施例中的终端设备、接入网设备或者定位管理网元可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和人造卫星上。本申请的实施例对终端设备、接入网设备或者定位管理网元的应用场景不做限定。Optionally, the terminal equipment, access network equipment or positioning management network element in the embodiment of this application can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water; it can also be deployed in the air. On airplanes, balloons and satellites. The embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios of terminal equipment, access network equipment, or positioning management network elements.
图6为可用于执行本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法的一种通信装置600的结构示意图。通信装置600可以是定位管理网元,或接入网设备,也可以是应用于定位管理网元,或接入网设备中的芯片或者部件。FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 that can be used to perform the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 may be a positioning management network element or access network equipment, or may be a chip or component used in a positioning management network element or access network equipment.
如图6所示,通信装置600可以包括处理器601。可选地,通信装置600还可以包括存储器602和收发器603中的一个或多个。其中,处理器601可以与存储器602和收发器603中的一个或多个耦合,如可以通过通信总线连接,处理器601也可以单独使用。As shown in FIG. 6 , the communication device 600 may include a processor 601 . Optionally, the communication device 600 may also include one or more of a memory 602 and a transceiver 603. Among them, the processor 601 can be coupled with one or more of the memory 602 and the transceiver 603, for example, it can be connected through a communication bus, and the processor 601 can also be used alone.
下面结合图6对通信装置600的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:The following is a detailed introduction to each component of the communication device 600 with reference to Figure 6:
处理器601是通信装置600的控制中心,可以是一个处理器,也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如,处理器601是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),也可以是特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者是被配置 成实施本申请实施例的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个微处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)。The processor 601 is the control center of the communication device 600, and may be a processor or a collective name for multiple processing elements. For example, the processor 601 is one or more central processing units (CPUs), may also be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or may be configured to One or more integrated circuits to implement embodiments of the present application, such as: one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA) .
其中,处理器601可以通过运行或执行存储在存储器602内的软件程序,以及调用存储在存储器602内的数据,执行通信装置600的各种功能。The processor 601 can perform various functions of the communication device 600 by running or executing software programs stored in the memory 602 and calling data stored in the memory 602.
在具体的实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器601可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图6中所示的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 601 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 6 .
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置600也可以包括多个处理器,例如图6中所示的处理器601和处理器604。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器(single-CPU),也可以是一个多核处理器(multi-CPU)。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个通信设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 600 may also include multiple processors, such as the processor 601 and the processor 604 shown in FIG. 6 . Each of these processors can be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU). A processor here may refer to one or more communications devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
存储器602可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储通信设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储通信设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、或者蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储通信设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器602可以和处理器601集成在一起,也可以独立存在,并通过通信装置600的输入/输出端口(图6中未示出)与处理器601耦合,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The memory 602 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage communication device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or other type that can store information and instructions. type of dynamic storage communication device, which can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, Optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, or Blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage communication devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other media capable of being accessed by a computer, without limitation. The memory 602 may be integrated with the processor 601 or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 601 through the input/output port (not shown in FIG. 6 ) of the communication device 600. This is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,所述存储器602用于存储执行本申请方案的软件程序,并由处理器601来控制执行。上述具体实现方式可以参考下述方法实施例,此处不再赘述。The memory 602 is used to store software programs for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 601 for execution. For the above specific implementation, reference may be made to the following method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
收发器603,用于与其他通信装置之间的通信。例如,通信装置600为定位管理网元,收发器603可以用于与接入网设备通信。又例如,通信装置600为接入网设备,收发器603可以用于与定位管理网元或者终端设备等通信。此外,收发器603可以包括接收器和发送器(图6中未单独示出)。其中,接收器用于实现接收功能,发送器用于实现发送功能。收发器603可以和处理器601集成在一起,也可以独立存在,并通过通信装置600的输入/输出端口(图6中未示出)与处理器601耦合,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Transceiver 603, used for communication with other communication devices. For example, the communication device 600 is a positioning management network element, and the transceiver 603 can be used to communicate with access network equipment. For another example, the communication device 600 is an access network device, and the transceiver 603 can be used to communicate with a positioning management network element or a terminal device. Additionally, the transceiver 603 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not shown separately in FIG. 6). Among them, the receiver is used to implement the receiving function, and the transmitter is used to implement the sending function. The transceiver 603 may be integrated with the processor 601, or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 601 through the input/output port (not shown in Figure 6) of the communication device 600. This is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. .
需要说明的是,图6中示出的通信装置600的结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,实际的通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It should be noted that the structure of the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device. The actual communication device may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined, or Different component arrangements.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可。例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是接入网设备或是定位管理网元,或者,是接入网设备或定位管理网元中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be executed according to the present application. It suffices to communicate using the method provided in the embodiment. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiments of this application may be the access network device or the positioning management network element, or a functional module in the access network device or the positioning management network element that can call and execute the program.
换言之,本申请实施例中的接入网设备或定位管理网元的相关功能可以由一个设 备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是由一个设备内的一个或多个功能模块实现,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。可以理解的是,上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是硬件与软件的结合,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。In other words, the related functions of the access network equipment or positioning management network element in the embodiment of the present application can be performed by one device. It can be implemented by multiple devices, or it can be implemented by one or more functional modules in one device. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. It can be understood that the above functions can be either network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform) Virtualization capabilities.
下面将结合图1至图6,对本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法进行展开说明。The configuration method of positioning broadcast provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to FIGS. 1 to 6 .
需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that in the following embodiments of the present application, the names of messages between network elements or the names of parameters in the messages are just examples, and other names may also be used in specific implementations. This is not specified in the embodiments of the present application. limited.
以图4所示的定位管理网元与任一接入网设备进行交互为例,如图7所示,为本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法,包括如下步骤:Taking the interaction between the positioning management network element and any access network device shown in Figure 4 as an example, as shown in Figure 7, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
S701、定位管理网元生成posSIB。其中,posSIB包括第一接入网设备对应的第一SRS配置信息。该第一SRS配置信息包括候选SRS配置信息中的一个或多个SRS配置信息。该候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。S701. Position the management network element and generate posSIB. Wherein, posSIB includes the first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device. The first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information among the candidate SRS configuration information. The candidate SRS configuration information includes configuration information of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive.
其中,第一接入网设备为在至少一个接入网设备中确定的接入网设备。Wherein, the first access network device is an access network device determined among at least one access network device.
应理解,本申请实施例中,至少一个接入网设备中接入网设备的数量和对应的接入网设备可以是由定位管理网元确定的。例如,定位管理网元可以根据接入核心网的每个接入网设备的注册信息(接入网设备的地理位置、或者接入网设备覆盖的小区等),选择彼此位置相邻的多个接入网设备;又例如,定位管理网元选择覆盖范围较大的一个或多个接入网设备;再例如,定位管理网元选择覆盖范围内小区的数量较多的一个或两个接入网设备,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, the number of access network devices and the corresponding access network devices in at least one access network device may be determined by the positioning management network element. For example, the location management network element can select multiple locations adjacent to each other based on the registration information of each access network device connected to the core network (the geographical location of the access network device, or the cell covered by the access network device, etc.) Access network equipment; for another example, the positioning management network element selects one or more access network devices with a larger coverage area; for another example, the positioning management network element selects one or two access network devices with a larger number of cells within the coverage area. Network equipment, the embodiment of this application does not specifically limit this.
或者,本申请实施例中,至少一个接入网设备中接入网设备的数量和对应的接入网设备可以是定位管理网元与该至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备提前协商好的;或者协议约定至少一个接入网设备中接入网设备的数量和对应的接入网设备,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Alternatively, in this embodiment of the present application, the number of access network devices in at least one access network device and the corresponding access network device may be the positioning management network element and each access network device in the at least one access network device in advance. Negotiated; or the agreement stipulates the number of access network devices and corresponding access network devices in at least one access network device. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
可以理解,至少一个接入网设备可以是一个或多个接入网设备。其中,对于至少一个接入网设备仅为一个接入网设备的情况,该接入网设备为第一接入网设备。It can be understood that at least one access network device may be one or more access network devices. Wherein, when at least one access network device is only one access network device, the access network device is the first access network device.
需要说明的是,对于至少一个接入网设备为多个接入网设备的情况,第一接入网设备可以是由定位管理网元确定的;或者,第一接入网设备可以是由定位管理网元与多个接入网设备中的一个或多个接入网设备提前协商好的;或者,第一接入网设备可以是协议约定的,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that, for the case where at least one access network device is multiple access network devices, the first access network device may be determined by the positioning management network element; or, the first access network device may be determined by the positioning management network element. The management network element and one or more access network devices among the plurality of access network devices have been negotiated in advance; or the first access network device may be agreed upon in an agreement, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
可选地,本申请实施例中,定位管理网元在多个接入网设备中确定第一接入网设备有以下几种方式:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the positioning management network element determines the first access network device among multiple access network devices in the following ways:
方式一,在多个接入网设备中选取覆盖范围最大的接入网设备为第一接入网设备。以多个接入网设备中包括一个宏基站多个微基站为例,定位管理网元选取宏基站为第一接入网设备。Method 1: Select the access network device with the largest coverage among multiple access network devices as the first access network device. Taking multiple access network devices including one macro base station and multiple micro base stations as an example, the positioning management network element selects the macro base station as the first access network device.
示例性的,以至少一个接入网设备包括4个接入网设备为例说明第一接入网设备的确定方式。如图8所示,至少一个接入网设备包括:接入网设备#1、接入网设备#2、 接入网设备#3、以及接入网设备#4。接入网设备#4为宏基站,接入网设备#1、接入网设备#2、以及接入网设备#3为微基站,则定位管理网元可以将接入网设备#4确定为第一接入网设备。Exemplarily, the method of determining the first access network device is explained by taking at least one access network device including four access network devices as an example. As shown in Figure 8, at least one access network device includes: access network device #1, access network device #2, Access network equipment #3, and access network equipment #4. Access network equipment #4 is a macro base station, access network equipment #1, access network equipment #2, and access network equipment #3 are micro base stations, then the positioning management network element can determine access network equipment #4 as The first access network equipment.
方式二,在多个接入网设备中选取相邻接入网设备最多的接入网设备为第一接入网设备。Method 2: Select the access network device with the most adjacent access network devices among multiple access network devices as the first access network device.
示例性的,以图8中的4接入网设备为例,接入网设备#1、接入网设备#2、以及接入网设备#3为与接入网设备#4相邻的接入网设备,则定位管理网元可以将接入网设备#4确定为第一接入网设备。相应地,为表述方便,接入网设备#1、接入网设备#2、以及接入网设备#3可以称为至少一个接入网设备中的邻区接入网设备。Illustratively, taking 4 access network devices in Figure 8 as an example, access network device #1, access network device #2, and access network device #3 are the interfaces adjacent to access network device #4. If the access network device is connected to the network, the positioning management network element may determine the access network device #4 as the first access network device. Correspondingly, for convenience of description, access network equipment #1, access network equipment #2, and access network equipment #3 may be called neighbor access network equipment in at least one access network equipment.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,“相邻”与“邻区”含义相同。换言之,“相邻”与“邻区”可以相互替换表述,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, "adjacent" and "neighboring cell" have the same meaning. In other words, "adjacent" and "neighboring area" can be expressed interchangeably. They are explained uniformly here and will not be described again below.
方式三,在多个接入网设备中选取接入终端设备的数量最多的接入网设备为第一接入网设备。Method 3: Select the access network device with the largest number of access terminal devices among multiple access network devices as the first access network device.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,定位管理网元还可以在多个接入网设备中随机选择一个接入网设备作为第一接入网设备,本申请实施例对定位管理网元确定第一接入网设备的方式不作具体限定。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the positioning management network element can also randomly select an access network device from multiple access network devices as the first access network device. In the embodiment of the present application, the positioning management network element determines The method of the first access network device is not specifically limited.
应理解,本申请实施例中,定位管理网元可以预先存储有至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息;或者,定位管理网元和至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备提前协商好每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息;或者,协议约定至少一个接入网设备每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the positioning management network element may pre-store the configuration information of the SRS that each access network device in at least one access network device expects to receive; or, the positioning management network element and at least one access network device may Each access network device in the network equipment has negotiated in advance the configuration information of the SRS that each access network device expects to receive; or, the agreement stipulates the configuration of the SRS that each access network device expects to receive from at least one access network device. Information, the embodiments of this application do not specifically limit this.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,候选SRS配置信息可以为至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望向终端设备发送的SRS配置信息。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the candidate SRS configuration information may be SRS configuration information that each access network device in at least one access network device desires to send to the terminal device.
需要说明的是,接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息可以是该接入网设备可以进行资源配置的SRS配置信息。或者,接入网设备期望向终端设备发送的SRS配置信息可以是该接入网设备可以进行资源配置的SRS配置信息。It should be noted that the SRS configuration information that the access network device expects to receive may be SRS configuration information that the access network device can configure resources. Alternatively, the SRS configuration information that the access network device desires to send to the terminal device may be SRS configuration information that the access network device can configure resources for.
可选地,本申请实施例中,SRS的配置信息包括一个或多个SRS配置信息。其中,一个SRS配置信息可以包括一个或多个SRS资源集,或者一个或多个SRS资源。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information. One piece of SRS configuration information may include one or more SRS resource sets, or one or more SRS resources.
需要说明的是,SRS资源的相关说明可以参见具体实施方式前序部分关于SRS资源的描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for relevant description of SRS resources, please refer to the description of SRS resources in the preamble of the specific embodiments, and will not be described again here.
应理解,本申请实施例中,SRS资源集或者SRS资源可以是周期性的,或半持续性的,或非周期性的,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the SRS resource set or the SRS resource may be periodic, semi-persistent, or aperiodic, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,本申请实施例中,接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息可以包括以下一种或多种:期望天线端口数对应的SRS配置信息、期望时域位置对应的SRS配置信息、期望资源类型对应的SRS配置信息、期望周期对应的SRS配置信息、期望频域位置对应的SRS配置信息、或者期望梳齿配置对应的SRS配置信息。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the SRS configuration information that the access network device expects to receive may include one or more of the following: SRS configuration information corresponding to the expected number of antenna ports, SRS configuration information corresponding to the expected time domain location , SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired resource type, SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired period, SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired frequency domain position, or SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired comb configuration.
由于本申请实施例中,第一SRS配置信息包括候选SRS配置信息中的一个或多个SRS配置信息。因此,在至少一个接入网设备包括多个接入网设备的情况下,第一SRS配置信息不仅可以包括第一接入网设备的SRS配置信息,还可以包括除第一接入网设 备之外其他接入网设备的SRS配置信息。In this embodiment of the present application, the first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information among the candidate SRS configuration information. Therefore, in the case where at least one access network device includes multiple access network devices, the first SRS configuration information may not only include the SRS configuration information of the first access network device, but may also include information other than the first access network device. SRS configuration information of other access network equipment other than the equipment.
示例性的,以图8所示的4个接入网设备为例,接入网设备#1、接入网设备#2、以及接入网设备#3为邻区接入网设备,接入网设备#4为第一接入网设备。其中,第一SRS配置信息可以包括接入网设备#1、接入网设备#2、或者接入网设备#3中的一个或多个对应的SRS配置信息。For example, taking the four access network devices shown in Figure 8 as an example, access network device #1, access network device #2, and access network device #3 are neighboring cell access network devices. Network device #4 is the first access network device. The first SRS configuration information may include one or more corresponding SRS configuration information of access network device #1, access network device #2, or access network device #3.
可选地,本申请实施例中,第一SRS配置信息还包括候选SRS配置信息中经过修改的一个或多个SRS配置信息。由于候选SRS配置信息可能不是定位管理网元所期望的,比如定位管理网元希望为候选SRS配置信息中的某个SRS配置信息配置更大的带宽资源(比如RB)等,因此定位管理网元对候选SRS配置信息中的SRS配置信息的一个参数或多个进行修改。可选地,本申请实施例中,posSIB还包括网络辅助数据。其中,网络辅助数据可以包括以下一项或多项:GNSS公共辅助数据、GNSS通用辅助数据、OTDOA辅助数据、气压计辅助数据、DL-TDOA/DL-AOD辅助数据、或者按需PRS辅助数据。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the first SRS configuration information also includes one or more modified SRS configuration information among the candidate SRS configuration information. Since the candidate SRS configuration information may not be what the positioning management network element expects, for example, the positioning management network element wants to configure larger bandwidth resources (such as RB) for a certain SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information, etc., so the positioning management network element Modify one or more parameters of the SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information. Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, posSIB also includes network assistance data. Among them, the network assistance data may include one or more of the following: GNSS public assistance data, GNSS general assistance data, OTDOA assistance data, barometer assistance data, DL-TDOA/DL-AOD assistance data, or on-demand PRS assistance data.
可选地,本申请实施例中,网络辅助数据可以包括第一SRS配置信息。或者,网络辅助数据包括辅助数据,该辅助数据包括第一SRS配置信息。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the network assistance data may include the first SRS configuration information. Alternatively, the network assistance data includes assistance data including first SRS configuration information.
需要说明的是,网络辅助数据的相关说明可以参见具体实施例前序部分的描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the relevant description of the network assistance data can be found in the description of the preamble of the specific embodiment, and will not be described again here.
可选地,本申请实施例中,posSIB还包括以下一项或多项:与第一SRS配置信息对应的PCI、与第一SRS配置信息对应的CGI、与第一SRS配置信息对应的ARFCN、与第一SRS配置信息对应的SFN初始化时间、与第一SRS配置信息对应的SSB配置、与第一SRS配置信息对应的空间方向信息、与第一SRS配置信息对应的地理坐标、与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP TEG关联、与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP类型、或者与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP波束天线信息。Optionally, in the embodiment of this application, posSIB also includes one or more of the following: PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, CGI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, ARFCN corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, SSB configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, spatial direction information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and the first SRS TRP TEG association corresponding to the configuration information, TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, or TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
其中,TRP类型可以包括以下一项或多项:仅接收SRS的接收点(srs-only-rp)、接收点(tp)、或者传输接收点(trp)。The TRP type may include one or more of the following: a reception point that only receives SRS (srs-only-rp), a reception point (tp), or a transmission reception point (trp).
可选地,与第一SRS配置信息对应的PCI可以包括与第一SRS配置信息中每个SRS配置信息对应的PCI。也就是说,在第一SRS配置信息包括除第一接入网设备之外的其他接入网设备的SRS配置信息的情况下,与第一SRS配置信息对应的PCI可以包括第一接入网设备对应的PCI,以及其他接入网设备对应的PCI。Optionally, the PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include the PCI corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information. That is to say, in the case where the first SRS configuration information includes SRS configuration information of other access network devices except the first access network device, the PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include the first access network device. The PCI corresponding to the device, and the PCI corresponding to other access network devices.
可选地,与第一SRS配置信息对应的ARFCN可以包括与第一SRS配置信息中每个SRS配置信息对应的ARFCN。与第一SRS配置信息对应的SFN初始化时间可以包括与第一SRS配置信息中每个SRS配置信息对应的SFN初始化时间。与第一SRS配置信息对应的SSB配置可以包括与第一SRS配置信息中每个SRS配置信息对应的SSB配置。与第一SRS配置信息对应的空间方向信息可以包括与第一SRS配置信息中每个SRS配置信息对应的空间方向信息。与第一SRS配置信息对应的地理坐标可以包括与第一SRS配置信息中每个SRS配置信息对应的地理坐标。与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP TEG关联可以包括与第一SRS配置信息中每个SRS配置信息对应的TRP TEG关联。与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP类型可以包括与第一SRS配置信息中每个SRS配置信息对应的TRP类型。与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP波束天线信 息可以包括与第一SRS配置信息中每个SRS配置信息对应的TRP波束天线信息。Optionally, the ARFCN corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include the ARFCN corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information. The SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include an SFN initialization time corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information. The SSB configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include an SSB configuration corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information. The spatial direction information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include spatial direction information corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information. The geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include geographical coordinates corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information. The TRP TEG association corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include a TRP TEG association corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information. The TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information may include a TRP type corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information. TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information The information may include TRP beam antenna information corresponding to each SRS configuration information in the first SRS configuration information.
S702、定位管理网元向第一接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息包括posSIB,第一消息用于指示第一接入网设备发送该posSIB。相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自定位管理网元的第一消息。S702. The positioning management network element sends a first message to the first access network device. The first message includes posSIB, and the first message is used to instruct the first access network device to send the posSIB. Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the first message from the positioning management network element.
相应地,第一接入网设备可以根据posSIB中的第一SRS配置进行资源配置。Correspondingly, the first access network device may configure resources according to the first SRS configuration in posSIB.
可选地,本申请实施例中,第一消息可以是NRPPa消息;或者,第一消息可以包括NRPPa消息。其中,该NRPPa消息可以是具体实施例前序部分所述的辅助信息控制。该辅助信息控制中的posSIB可以包括第一SRS配置信息。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the first message may be an NRPPa message; or, the first message may include an NRPPa message. The NRPPa message may be the auxiliary information control described in the preamble of the specific embodiment. The posSIB in the auxiliary information control may include the first SRS configuration information.
可以理解,步骤S702的定位管理网元向第一接入网设备发送第一消息可以参见具体实施方式前序部分的步骤S101至S103,在此不再赘述。It can be understood that for the positioning management network element sending the first message to the first access network device in step S702, please refer to steps S101 to S103 in the preamble of the specific implementation, which will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,定位管理网元可以部署于接入网设备,该接入网设备可以是上述至少一个接入网设备中的一个接入网设备,或者上述至少一个接入网设备之外的接入网设备,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that in this embodiment of the present application, the positioning management network element may be deployed on an access network device. The access network device may be one of the above-mentioned at least one access network devices, or the above-mentioned at least one access network device. Access network equipment other than network access equipment is not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
可选地,在定位管理网元部署于接入网设备的情况下,定位管理网元可以通过Xn接口消息承载第一消息。Optionally, when the positioning management network element is deployed on the access network device, the positioning management network element may carry the first message through an Xn interface message.
S703、第一接入网设备根据第一消息发送posSIB。相应地,驻留第一接入网设备覆盖的小区的终端设备接收该posSIB。也就是说,第一接入网设备可以向驻留在第一接入网设备覆盖小区内的所有终端设备广播posSIB。S703. The first access network device sends posSIB according to the first message. Correspondingly, the terminal device camping in the cell covered by the first access network device receives the posSIB. That is to say, the first access network device may broadcast posSIB to all terminal devices residing in the cell covered by the first access network device.
可选地,第一接入网设备可以发送广播消息。其中,该广播消息包括posSIB。广播消息的相关说明可以参见具体实施例前序部分关于广播消息的描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the first access network device may send a broadcast message. Wherein, the broadcast message includes posSIB. For relevant description of the broadcast message, please refer to the description of the broadcast message in the preamble of the specific embodiments, and will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,在posSIB包括的第一SRS配置信息仅包括一个接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息的情况下,终端设备接收该posSIB中的第一SRS配置信息也可以实现上行定位。以UL-AOA为例说明终端设备基于一个接入网设备实现定位,UL-AOA定位技术需要获取至少两组定位测量参数才能实现定位计算。在5G通信系统中,该定位测量参数可以是同一个接入网设备通过不同的波束接收终端设备发送的SRS,对不同波束上的SRS进行测量得到的多组定位测量参数;还可以是一个接入网设备对终端设备发送的多个SRS进行测量,而得到至少两组定位测量参数。因此,终端设备接收仅包括一个接入网设备对应的一个SRS配置信息的情况下也可以实现上行定位。It should be noted that when the first SRS configuration information included in the posSIB only includes SRS configuration information corresponding to one access network device, the terminal device can also achieve uplink positioning by receiving the first SRS configuration information in the posSIB. Taking UL-AOA as an example, the terminal device realizes positioning based on an access network device. UL-AOA positioning technology needs to obtain at least two sets of positioning measurement parameters to achieve positioning calculation. In the 5G communication system, the positioning measurement parameters can be multiple sets of positioning measurement parameters obtained by measuring the SRS on different beams when the same access network device receives SRS sent by the terminal device through different beams; it can also be an access network device. The network access device measures multiple SRSs sent by the terminal device to obtain at least two sets of positioning measurement parameters. Therefore, uplink positioning can also be achieved even when the terminal device receives only one SRS configuration information corresponding to one access network device.
也就是说,当终端设备驻留在第一接入网设备覆盖的小区时,终端设备不需要专用信令请求该小区对应的SRS配置信息,而是通过第一接入网设备的广播信息(即posSIB)获取该小区对应的SRS配置信息。进而,可以根据该小区对应的SRS配置信息实现上行定位。这样终端设备与第一接入网设备之间不需要专用的信令传输SRS配置信息。That is to say, when the terminal device is camped in a cell covered by the first access network device, the terminal device does not need dedicated signaling to request the SRS configuration information corresponding to the cell, but uses the broadcast information of the first access network device ( That is, posSIB) obtains the SRS configuration information corresponding to the cell. Furthermore, uplink positioning can be implemented based on the SRS configuration information corresponding to the cell. In this way, dedicated signaling is not required to transmit SRS configuration information between the terminal device and the first access network device.
当然,基于UL-AOA实现定位也可以是使用多个接入网设备对应的一个或对个SRS配置信息。示例性的,多个接入网设备对终端设备发送的同一个SRS进行测量,每个接入网设备测量得到一组定位测量参数;还可以是多个接入网设备对终端设备发送的不同的SRS进行测量,每个接入网设备测量一个SRS而得到一组定位测量参数。Of course, positioning based on UL-AOA can also be achieved by using one or a pair of SRS configuration information corresponding to multiple access network devices. For example, multiple access network devices measure the same SRS sent by the terminal device, and each access network device measures and obtains a set of positioning measurement parameters; it can also be that multiple access network devices measure different SRSs sent by the terminal device. The SRS is measured, and each access network device measures an SRS to obtain a set of positioning measurement parameters.
也就是说,当至少一个接入网设备包括两个或两个以上的接入网设备时,第一SRS配置信息可以包括第一接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息和至少一个邻区接入网设备对 应的SRS配置信息,进而驻留在第一接入网设备覆盖的小区的终端设备,不仅可以获取驻留小区对应的第一接入网设备的SRS配置信息,还可以获取驻留小区的邻区接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息,进而终端设备可以通过多个接入网设备实现上行定位。这样终端设备与第一接入网设备之间不需要专用的信令传输SRS配置信息,同时终端设备与邻区接入网设备之间不需要专用的信令传输SRS配置信息。That is to say, when at least one access network device includes two or more access network devices, the first SRS configuration information may include SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device and at least one neighboring cell access network device pair The corresponding SRS configuration information, and then the terminal equipment camping in the cell covered by the first access network equipment can not only obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network equipment corresponding to the camping cell, but also obtain the neighboring cells camping in the cell. SRS configuration information corresponding to the area access network equipment, so that the terminal equipment can achieve uplink positioning through multiple access network equipment. In this way, there is no need for dedicated signaling to transmit SRS configuration information between the terminal device and the first access network device, and at the same time, there is no need for dedicated signaling to transmit SRS configuration information between the terminal device and the neighboring cell access network device.
可选地,本申请实施例中,定位管理网元还可以向第一接入网设备覆盖范围内的一个或多个接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息包括posSIB,第一消息用于指示该第一接入网设备覆盖范围内的一个或多个接入网设备发送posSIB。相应地,该第一接入网设备覆盖范围内的一个或多个接入网设备接收第一消息,并根据第一消息发送posSIB。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the positioning management network element may also send a first message to one or more access network devices within the coverage of the first access network device. The first message includes posSIB. The first message Used to instruct one or more access network devices within the coverage of the first access network device to send posSIB. Correspondingly, one or more access network devices within the coverage of the first access network device receive the first message and send posSIB according to the first message.
示例性的,以图8中的接入网设备#4为宏基站,且接入网设备#1、接入网设备#2、以及接入网设备#3为微基站为例。其中,接入网设备#4为第一接入网设备,接入网设备#1和接入网设备#2在接入网设备#4的覆盖范围内,定位管理网元可以向接入网设备#4、接入网设备#1和接入网设备#2分别发送第一消息。相应地,接入网设备#4、接入网设备#1和接入网设备#2分别广播posSIB。As an example, take access network device #4 in Figure 8 as a macro base station, and access network device #1, access network device #2, and access network device #3 as micro base stations. Among them, access network device #4 is the first access network device, access network device #1 and access network device #2 are within the coverage of access network device #4, and the positioning management network element can report to the access network Device #4, access network device #1 and access network device #2 respectively send the first message. Correspondingly, access network device #4, access network device #1 and access network device #2 broadcast posSIB respectively.
也就是说,至少一个接入网设备中的第一接入网设备可以与第一接入网设备覆盖范围内的一个或多个接入网设备共享相同的posSIB。换言之,由于本申请实施例中,一个区域下的多个接入网设备共享相同的posSIB,该多个接入网设备所覆盖的多个小区可以共享相同的上行定位资源和/或下行定位资源。That is to say, the first access network device among the at least one access network device may share the same posSIB with one or more access network devices within the coverage of the first access network device. In other words, since in this embodiment of the present application, multiple access network devices in one area share the same posSIB, multiple cells covered by the multiple access network devices can share the same uplink positioning resources and/or downlink positioning resources. .
由于至少一个接入网设备可以包括多个接入网设备,定位管理网元还可以为除第一接入网设备之外的接入网设备生成对应的posSIB。Since at least one access network device may include multiple access network devices, the positioning management network element may also generate corresponding posSIBs for access network devices other than the first access network device.
可选地,在本申请实施例中,定位管理网元生成与第二接入网设备对应的posSIB。第二接入网设备为至少一个接入网中与第一接入网设备不同的接入网设备。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the positioning management network element generates a posSIB corresponding to the second access network device. The second access network device is an access network device different from the first access network device in at least one access network.
其中,第二接入网设备对应的posSIB包括与第二接入网设备对应的第二SRS配置信息。该第二SRS配置信息包括候选SRS配置信息中的一个或多个SRS配置信息。Wherein, the posSIB corresponding to the second access network device includes second SRS configuration information corresponding to the second access network device. The second SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information among the candidate SRS configuration information.
可选地,本申请实施例中,第二SRS配置信息可以与第一SRS配置信息相同或不同。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the second SRS configuration information may be the same as or different from the first SRS configuration information.
示例性的,以图8所示的至少一个接入网设备包括4个接入网设备为例,说明第二SRS配置信息与第一SRS配置信息相同的场景。如图8所示,接入网设备#4为第一接入网设备,接入网设备#3为接入网设备4的邻区接入网设备。其中,定位管理网元可以选择接入网设备#3作为第二接入网设备,为接入网设备#3生成第二posSIB。可以理解,由于第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备彼此相邻,第一接入网设备覆盖的小区与第二接入网设备覆盖的小区之间的存在共同的邻区接入网设备。因此,第一接入网设备对应的第一SRS配置信息可以与第二接入网设备对应的第二SRS配置信息相同。或者,第一接入网设备对应的posSIB与第二接入网设备对应的posSIB可以相同。By way of example, taking the at least one access network device shown in Figure 8 as including four access network devices as an example, a scenario in which the second SRS configuration information is the same as the first SRS configuration information is described. As shown in Figure 8, access network device #4 is the first access network device, and access network device #3 is a neighbor access network device of access network device 4. Among them, the positioning management network element may select access network device #3 as the second access network device, and generate the second posSIB for access network device #3. It can be understood that since the first access network device and the second access network device are adjacent to each other, there is a common neighbor access between the cell covered by the first access network device and the cell covered by the second access network device. network equipment. Therefore, the first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device may be the same as the second SRS configuration information corresponding to the second access network device. Alternatively, the posSIB corresponding to the first access network device and the posSIB corresponding to the second access network device may be the same.
示例性的,以图9所示的至少一个接入网设备包括6个接入网设备为例,说明第二SRS配置信息与第二SRS配置信息不同的场景。如图9所示,至少一个接入网设备包括:接入网设备#5、接入网设备#6、接入网设备#7、接入网设备#8、接入网设备#9、 以及接入网设备#10。该接入网设备#5的邻区接入网设备分别为接入网设备#6和接入网设备#7,该接入网设备#10的邻区接入网设备分别为接入网设备#8和接入网设备#9,接入网设备#6和接入网设备#8之间彼此相邻。其中,定位管理网元可以确定接入网设备#5为第一接入网设备,接入网设备#10可以为第二接入网设备,由于接入网设备#5与接入网设备#10彼此之间不相邻,且接入网设备#5覆盖的小区与接入网设备#10覆盖的小区之间没有共同的邻区接入网设备。因此第一接入网设备对应的第一SRS配置信息可以与第二接入网设备对应的第二SRS配置信息不相同。或者,第一接入网设备对应的posSIB与第二接入网设备对应的posSIB可以不相同。By way of example, taking the at least one access network device shown in Figure 9 as including six access network devices as an example, a scenario in which the second SRS configuration information is different from the second SRS configuration information is described. As shown in Figure 9, at least one access network device includes: access network device #5, access network device #6, access network device #7, access network device #8, access network device #9, and access network equipment #10. The access network equipment in neighboring areas of access network equipment #5 is access network equipment #6 and access network equipment #7 respectively, and the access network equipment in neighboring areas of access network equipment #10 is access network equipment respectively. #8 and access network device #9, and access network device #6 and access network device #8 are adjacent to each other. Among them, the positioning management network element can determine that access network device #5 is the first access network device, and access network device #10 can be the second access network device. Since access network device #5 and access network device # 10 are not adjacent to each other, and there is no common neighboring cell access network equipment between the cell covered by access network equipment #5 and the cell covered by access network equipment #10. Therefore, the first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device may be different from the second SRS configuration information corresponding to the second access network device. Alternatively, the posSIB corresponding to the first access network device and the posSIB corresponding to the second access network device may be different.
可选地,如图7所示,本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法还可以包括以下步骤:Optionally, as shown in Figure 7, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include the following steps:
S704、第一接入网设备向定位管理网元发送辅助信息反馈。相应地,定位管理网元接收来自第一接入网设备的辅助信息反馈。其中,该辅助信息反馈可以包括第一接入网设备发送posSIB的信息。第一接入网设备发送posSIB的信息例如可以包括但不限于:第一接入网设备是否发送posSIB、第一接入网设备发送posSIB失败对应的小区的信息、第一接入网设备发送posSIB失败对应的频点信息、或者第一接入网设备发送posSIB发送失败对应的地理区域的信息。S704. The first access network device sends auxiliary information feedback to the positioning management network element. Correspondingly, the positioning management network element receives the auxiliary information feedback from the first access network device. The auxiliary information feedback may include information about posSIB sent by the first access network device. The information about the posSIB sent by the first access network device may include, but is not limited to: whether the first access network device sends posSIB, information about the cell corresponding to the failure of the first access network device to send posSIB, and whether the first access network device sends posSIB. The frequency point information corresponding to the failure or the geographical area information corresponding to the failure of the first access network device to send posSIB.
应理解,“辅助信息反馈”还可以称为“辅助信息响应(assistance information response)”,两者含义相同,可以相互替换表述,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。It should be understood that "auxiliary information feedback" can also be called "auxiliary information response (assistance information response)". The two have the same meaning and can be expressed interchangeably. They are explained uniformly here and will not be described again below.
可选地,本申请实施例中的辅助信息反馈可以通过NRPPa消息携带,相关描述可以参见具体实施例前序部分的步骤S104至S105,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the auxiliary information feedback in the embodiment of the present application can be carried through the NRPPa message. For relevant description, please refer to steps S104 to S105 in the preamble of the specific embodiment, which will not be described again here.
应理解,本申请实施例中,在执行上述步骤S703和步骤S704的情况下,步骤S703与步骤S704之间没有必然的执行先后顺序,可以是先执行步骤S703,再执行步骤S704;也可以是先执行步骤S704,在执行步骤S703;还可以是同时执行上述步骤S703和步骤S704,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, when the above-mentioned steps S703 and S704 are executed, there is no necessary execution order between step S703 and step S704. Step S703 may be executed first, and then step S704; or it may be Step S704 is executed first, and then step S703 is executed; the above step S703 and step S704 may also be executed at the same time, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
由于本申请实施例中,posSIB中的第一SRS配置信息可以包括至少一个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息,即第一SRS配置可以包括第一接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息,或者还可以包括与该第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息。进而,第一接入网设备广播posSIB之后,驻留第一接入网设备覆盖的小区的多个终端设备可以不需要专用信令,即可获取第一接入网设备的SRS配置信息,或者还可以获取与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备的SRS配置信息,不仅可以节省信令开销,而且多个终端设备共享上行定位资源,可以提高上行定位网络资源的利用率。因此,基于本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法,可以优化上行定位参考信号的配置流程以节省网络资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the first SRS configuration information in posSIB may include the configuration information of the SRS that at least one access network device expects to receive, that is, the first SRS configuration may include the SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device. , or may also include SRS configuration information corresponding to an access network device adjacent to the first access network device. Furthermore, after the first access network device broadcasts posSIB, multiple terminal devices camping in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling, or The SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can also be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources, which can improve the utilization of uplink positioning network resources. Therefore, based on the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
其中,上述步骤S701至S704中的定位管理网元的动作可以由图6所示的通信装置600中的处理器601调用存储器602中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行,上述步骤S701至S704中的第一接入网设备的动作可以由图6所示的通信装置600中的处理器601调用存储器602中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。Among them, the actions of locating the management network element in the above-mentioned steps S701 to S704 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device. The above-mentioned steps S701 to S704 The action of the first access network device in S704 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device. This embodiment does not impose any restrictions on this. .
可选地,如图10所示,本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法中,在步骤S701 之前,还包括如下步骤S705-S706:S705、定位管理网元接收候选SRS配置信息,该候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。Optionally, as shown in Figure 10, in the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, in step S701 Before that, the following steps S705-S706 are also included: S705: The positioning management network element receives candidate SRS configuration information, where the candidate SRS configuration information includes the SRS configuration information that each access network device in at least one access network device expects to receive.
可选地,本申请实施例中,定位管理网元部署于5G核心网的情况下,候选SRS配置信息可以由N2接口消息或者N3接口消息携带。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, when the positioning management network element is deployed in the 5G core network, the candidate SRS configuration information may be carried by an N2 interface message or an N3 interface message.
或者,可选地,本申请实施例中,定位管理网元部署于接入网设备的情况下,候选SRS配置信息可以由Xn接口消息携带。Or, optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, when the positioning management network element is deployed on the access network device, the candidate SRS configuration information may be carried by the Xn interface message.
可选地,Xn接口消息或者N2接口消息或者N3接口消息可以包括NRPPa消息。该NRPPa消息可以是现有的NRPPa消息,或者该消息可以是新的NRPPa消息,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the Xn interface message or the N2 interface message or the N3 interface message may include the NRPPa message. The NRPPa message may be an existing NRPPa message, or the message may be a new NRPPa message, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例中,至少一个接入网设备中第一接入网设备的邻区接入网设备可以将该接入网设备期望接收的SRS的配置信息转发给第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备可以将至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收的SRS的配置信息汇聚为候选SRS配置信息,并向定位管理网元发送该候选SRS配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, in this embodiment of the present application, the neighboring access network device of the first access network device in at least one access network device can forward the configuration information of the SRS that the access network device expects to receive. The first access network device may aggregate the configuration information of the SRS that each access network device in the at least one access network device expects to receive into candidate SRS configuration information, and send the configuration information to the positioning management network element. Candidate SRS configuration information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例中,至少一个接入网设备中的每个接入网设备分别向定位管理网元发送每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。In another possible implementation manner, in the embodiment of the present application, each access network device in at least one access network device sends to the positioning management network element the configuration information of the SRS that each access network device expects to receive. .
可选地,在本申请实施例中,候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望在至少一个小区或者至少有一个频点或者至少一个地理区域接收到的SRS的配置信息。其中,该至少一个小区可以是该接入网设备支持的至少一个小区。至少一个频点可以是该接入网设备支持的至少一个频点。至少一个地理区域可以是该接入网设备所覆盖的至少一个地理区域。该地理区域例如可以是工业园区、住宅区、或者商业区等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the candidate SRS configuration information includes the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive in at least one cell or at least one frequency point or at least one geographical area. Configuration information. The at least one cell may be at least one cell supported by the access network device. At least one frequency point may be at least one frequency point supported by the access network device. The at least one geographical area may be at least one geographical area covered by the access network device. The geographical area may be, for example, an industrial park, a residential area, a commercial area, etc., which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备可以周期性地向定位管理网元发送该接入网设备期望接收的SRS的配置信息。也就是说,定位管理网元可以周期性地获取候选SRS配置中该接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the access network device may periodically send the configuration information of the SRS that the access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element. That is to say, the positioning management network element can periodically obtain the SRS configuration information corresponding to the access network device in the candidate SRS configuration.
或者,可选地,在另一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备可以经事件触发地向定位管理网元发送该接入网设备期望接收的SRS的配置信息。其中,该事件可以是接入网设备接收到向定位管理网元发送该接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息的请求/指示。或者,该事件还可以是其他使得接入网设备向定位管理网元发送该接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息的事件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Or, optionally, in another possible implementation, the access network device may send the configuration information of the SRS that the access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element in an event-triggered manner. The event may be that the access network device receives a request/instruction to send the configuration information of the SRS that the access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element. Alternatively, the event may also be other events that cause the access network device to send the configuration information of the SRS that the access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
S706、定位管理网元在候选SRS配置信息中确定一个或多个SRS配置信息作为第一SRS配置信息。S706. The positioning management network element determines one or more SRS configuration information as the first SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information.
可选地,本申请实施例中,定位管理网元在候选SRS配置信息中确定的第一SRS配置信息可以是定位管理网元期望至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网配置的SRS配置信息。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the first SRS configuration information determined by the positioning management network element in the candidate SRS configuration information may be the SRS configuration that the positioning management network element expects to be configured by each access network in at least one access network device. information.
可选地,本申请实施例中,定位管理网元期望至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网配置的SRS配置信息可以包括以下一种或多种:期望天线端口数对应的SRS配置信息、期望时域位置对应的SRS配置信息、期望资源类型对应的SRS配置信息、期望周 期对应的SRS配置信息、期望频域位置对应的SRS配置信息、或者期望梳齿配置对应的SRS配置信息。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the positioning management network element expects that the SRS configuration information configured by each access network in at least one access network device may include one or more of the following: SRS configuration information corresponding to the expected number of antenna ports. , SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired time domain location, SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired resource type, desired week The SRS configuration information corresponding to the period, the SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired frequency domain position, or the SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired comb tooth configuration.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一SRS配置信息包括以下一种或多种:定位管理网元期望小区对应的SRS配置信息、定位管理网元期望频点对应的SRS配置信息、或者定位管理网元期望地理区域对应的SRS配置信息。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner, the first SRS configuration information includes one or more of the following: SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired cell of the positioning management network element, SRS configuration information corresponding to the desired frequency point of the positioning management network element , or position the SRS configuration information corresponding to the geographical area desired by the management network element.
示例性的,期望小区可以是驻留的终端设备的数量大于或等于第一阈值的小区。或者,期望频点可以是接入的终端设备的数量大于或等于第二阈值的频点。或者,期望地理区域可以是覆盖范围内驻留的终端设备的数量大于或等于第三阈值的地理区域。如此,可以保证第一SRS配置信息由一定数量的终端设备共享,以提高上行网络资源的利用率。For example, the desired cell may be a cell in which the number of terminal devices camped is greater than or equal to the first threshold. Alternatively, the desired frequency point may be a frequency point where the number of accessed terminal devices is greater than or equal to the second threshold. Alternatively, the desired geographical area may be a geographical area in which the number of terminal devices residing within the coverage area is greater than or equal to the third threshold. In this way, it can be ensured that the first SRS configuration information is shared by a certain number of terminal devices, thereby improving the utilization of uplink network resources.
应理解,第一阈值、第二阈值或者第三阈值可以预定义的,或者由协议约定的,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。需要说明的是,第一阈值、第二阈值以及第三阈值之间彼此可以相等或不相等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that the first threshold, the second threshold or the third threshold may be predefined or agreed upon by a protocol, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application. It should be noted that the first threshold, the second threshold and the third threshold may be equal to or unequal to each other, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,在另一种可能的实现方式中,定位管理网元根据指示信息在候选SRS配置信息中选择与该指示信息对应的一个或多个SRS配置信息作为第一SRS配置信息。Optionally, in another possible implementation, the positioning management network element selects one or more SRS configuration information corresponding to the indication information from the candidate SRS configuration information as the first SRS configuration information according to the indication information.
可选地,定位管理网元可以接收来自E-SMLC或SLP等网元或设备或模块的指示信息。Optionally, the positioning management network element can receive indication information from network elements such as E-SMLC or SLP, devices or modules.
可选地,指示信息可以包括以下一种或多种:指定天线端口数、指定时域位置、指定资源类型、指定周期、指定频域位置、或者指定梳齿配置。Optionally, the indication information may include one or more of the following: a specified number of antenna ports, a specified time domain position, a specified resource type, a specified period, a specified frequency domain position, or a specified comb tooth configuration.
由于本申请实施例中,定位管理网元接收来自接入网设备的期望接收的SRS的配置信息之后,可以触发生成posSIB,并向第一接入网设备发送posSIB。也就是说,至少一个接入网设备可以主动触发广播SRS配置信息的定位广播流程。In this embodiment of the present application, after receiving the configuration information of the SRS expected to be received from the access network device, the positioning management network element can trigger the generation of posSIB and send the posSIB to the first access network device. That is to say, at least one access network device can actively trigger the positioning broadcast process of broadcasting SRS configuration information.
可选地,本申请实施例中,在步骤S705之前可以包括:Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, before step S705, it may include:
S707、定位管理网元向至少一个接入网设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于请求至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。相应地,至少一个接入网设备接收来自定位管理网元的第四消息。也就是说,定位管理网元可以主动获取候选SRS配置信息。进而,定位管理网元获取候选SRS配置信息之后可以执行定位广播流程。S707. The positioning management network element sends a fourth message to at least one access network device. The fourth message is used to request configuration information of the SRS that each access network device in the at least one access network device expects to receive. Correspondingly, at least one access network device receives the fourth message from the positioning management network element. In other words, the positioning management network element can actively obtain candidate SRS configuration information. Furthermore, the positioning management network element can execute the positioning broadcast process after obtaining the candidate SRS configuration information.
可选地,第四消息可以是NRPPa消息。该NRPPa消息可以是新的;或者,该NRPPa消息可以是现有的,例如TRP信息请求(TRP information request)。Optionally, the fourth message may be an NRPPa message. The NRPPa message may be new; or the NRPPa message may be existing, such as a TRP information request (TRP information request).
应理解,在先执行步骤S707的情况下,步骤S705中的NRPPa消息可以是TRP信息回复(TRP information response)。It should be understood that if step S707 is performed first, the NRPPa message in step S705 may be a TRP information response (TRP information response).
可选地,如图10所示,本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法还可以包括如下步骤S708:Optionally, as shown in Figure 10, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include the following step S708:
S708、定位管理网元接收与候选SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。S708. The positioning management network element receives area information corresponding to the candidate SRS configuration information.
可选地,本申请实施例中,步骤S705中的候选SRS配置信息与步骤S708中的与候选SRS配置信息对应的区域信息可以携带在一条消息中。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the candidate SRS configuration information in step S705 and the area information corresponding to the candidate SRS configuration information in step S708 may be carried in one message.
可选地,本申请实施例中,区域信息包括以下一项或多项信息:小区信息、频点信息或者地理区域信息。 Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the area information includes one or more of the following information: cell information, frequency point information, or geographical area information.
可选地,本申请实施例中,小区信息包括第一接入网设备对应的小区列表和/或与该第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的小区列表。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a cell list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
应理解,一个小区可以对应一个SRS配置信息;或者,一个小区可以对应多个SRS配置信息;或者,一个SRS配置信息可以对应多个小区,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that one cell may correspond to one SRS configuration information; or one cell may correspond to multiple SRS configuration information; or one SRS configuration information may correspond to multiple cells. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
可选地,本申请实施例中,频点信息包括第一接入网设备对应的频点列表和/或与该第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的频点列表。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the frequency point information includes a frequency point list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a frequency point list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
应理解,一个频点可以对应一个SRS配置信息;或者,一个频点可以对应多个SRS配置信息;或者,一个SRS配置信息可以对应多个频点,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that one frequency point can correspond to one SRS configuration information; or one frequency point can correspond to multiple SRS configuration information; or one SRS configuration information can correspond to multiple frequency points, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
可选地,本申请实施例中,地理区域信息包括第一接入网设备对应的地理区域列表和/或与该第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的地理区域列表。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the geographical area information includes a geographical area list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a geographical area list corresponding to the access network equipment adjacent to the first access network device.
应理解,一个地理区域可以对应一个SRS配置信息;或者,一个地理区域可以对应多个SRS配置信息;或者,一个SRS配置信息可以对应多个地理区域,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that one geographical area may correspond to one SRS configuration information; or one geographical area may correspond to multiple SRS configuration information; or one SRS configuration information may correspond to multiple geographical areas, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
由于本申请实施例中,定位管理网元可以通过接收候选SRS配置信息,或者主动发送请求候选SRS配置信息的方式,而按需地进行定位广播,因此可以支持定位管理网元按需请求SRS配置信息,以在有定位需求的情况下触发定位广播的配置流程,而不是周期性地发送定位广播,从而可以节省网络资源。此外posSIB中的第一SRS配置信息可以包括至少一个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息,即第一SRS配置可以包括第一接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息,或者还可以包括与该第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息。进而,第一接入网设备广播posSIB之后,驻留第一接入网设备覆盖的小区的多个终端设备可以不需要专用信令,即可获取第一接入网设备的SRS配置信息,或者还可以获取与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备的SRS配置信息,不仅可以节省信令开销,而且多个终端设备共享上行定位资源,可以提高上行定位网络资源的利用率。综上,基于本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法,可以优化上行定位参考信号的配置流程以节省网络资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the positioning management network element can perform positioning broadcast on demand by receiving candidate SRS configuration information or actively sending a request for candidate SRS configuration information. Therefore, the positioning management network element can be supported to request SRS configuration on demand. information to trigger the configuration process of positioning broadcast when there is a positioning requirement instead of periodically sending positioning broadcasts, thus saving network resources. In addition, the first SRS configuration information in posSIB may include the configuration information of the SRS that at least one access network device expects to receive, that is, the first SRS configuration may include the SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, or may also include the SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device. SRS configuration information corresponding to access network devices adjacent to the first access network device. Furthermore, after the first access network device broadcasts posSIB, multiple terminal devices camping in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling, or The SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can also be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources, which can improve the utilization of uplink positioning network resources. In summary, based on the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
其中,上述步骤S701至S708中的定位管理网元的动作可以由图6所示的通信装置600中的处理器601调用存储器602中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行,上述步骤S701至S708中的第一接入网设备的动作可以由图6所示的通信装置600中的处理器601调用存储器602中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。Among them, the actions of locating the management network element in the above steps S701 to S708 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device to execute the above steps S701 to S708. The action of the first access network device in S708 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device to execute. This embodiment does not impose any restrictions on this. .
可选地,如图11所示,本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法中,在步骤S702之前,还包括如下步骤S709-S711:S709、定位管理网元向第一接入网设备发送第二消息,该第二消息携带第一SRS配置信息,第二消息用于请求第一接入网设备根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自定位管理网元的第二消息。Optionally, as shown in Figure 11, the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes the following steps S709-S711 before step S702: S709. The positioning management network element sends a message to the first access network device. The second message carries the first SRS configuration information, and the second message is used to request the first access network device to configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information. Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the second message from the positioning management network element.
可选地,在本申请实施例中,第二消息可以是NRPPa消息。其中,该第二消息可以是新的NRPPa消息;或者,该NRPPa消息可以是现有的NRPPa消息,本申请实施 例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the second message may be an NRPPa message. The second message may be a new NRPPa message; or the NRPPa message may be an existing NRPPa message. This application implements The example does not specifically limit this.
S710、第一接入网设备确定支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。S710. The first access network device determines that it supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
应理解,第一接入网设备确定支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置之后,第一接入网可以根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置;或者,第一接入网设备不根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置,而是在接收到包括第一SRS配置信息的posSIB之后根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置,本申请实施例对比不作具体限定。It should be understood that after the first access network device determines that it supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information, the first access network may configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information; or, the first access network device does not configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information. SRS configuration information is used to perform resource configuration, but resource configuration is performed based on the first SRS configuration information after receiving the posSIB including the first SRS configuration information. The embodiments of this application are not specifically limited.
S711、第一接入网设备向定位管理网元发送第三消息,该第三消息用于指示第一接入网设备支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。相应地,定位管理网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第三消息之后,并执行步骤S702。由于第一接入网设备当前可能处于繁忙状态,可能无法对之前期望接收到的SRS的配置信息进行配置,因此通过发送第三消息可以确定当前的第一接入网设备是否可以根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。若第一接入网设备反馈当前无法支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置,定位管理网元可以重新在候选SRS配置信息中确定新的第一SRS配置信息,并向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。或者,定位管理网元接收的候选SRS配置信息不是定位管理网元所期望的,比如希望为某个SRS配置信息配置更大的带宽等,因此定位管理网元可以向第一接入网设备发送第二信息,以确定第一接入网设备是否支持根据该SRS配置信息进行资源配置。S711. The first access network device sends a third message to the positioning management network element. The third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information. Correspondingly, after receiving the third message from the first access network device, the positioning management network element executes step S702. Since the first access network device may be currently in a busy state and may not be able to configure the configuration information of the SRS that was previously expected to be received, it may be determined by sending the third message whether the current first access network device can configure the SRS according to the first SRS. Configuration information for resource configuration. If the first access network device reports that it is currently unable to support resource configuration based on the first SRS configuration information, the positioning management network element can re-determine the new first SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information and provide the first access network device with feedback. Send a second message. Or, the candidate SRS configuration information received by the positioning management network element is not what the positioning management network element expects, for example, it wants to configure a larger bandwidth for a certain SRS configuration information, etc., so the positioning management network element can send it to the first access network device. The second information is used to determine whether the first access network device supports resource configuration based on the SRS configuration information.
应理解,第三消息可以是NRPPa消息。该NRPPa消息可以是新消息,或者是现有的消息,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that the third message may be an NRPPa message. The NRPPa message may be a new message or an existing message, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,本申请实施例中,定位管理网元还可以向与第一接入网设备相邻的至少一个接入网设备发送第二消息。相应地,与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备接收来自定位管理网元的第二消息。在与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备确定支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置之后,与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备向定位管理网元发送第三消息。相应地,定位管理网元接收来自与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备的第三消息。其中,该第三消息用于指示与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the positioning management network element may also send a second message to at least one access network device adjacent to the first access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device adjacent to the first access network device receives the second message from the positioning management network element. After the access network device adjacent to the first access network device determines that it supports resource configuration based on the first SRS configuration information, the access network device adjacent to the first access network device sends a third message to the positioning management network element. information. Correspondingly, the positioning management network element receives the third message from the access network device adjacent to the first access network device. The third message is used to indicate that the access network device adjacent to the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
可选地,在本申请实施例中,第三消息包括与第一SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。由于第一接入网设备或者与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备可能会改变或更新期望接收的SRS的配置信息对应的区域信息,因此定位管理网元可以通过第三消息获得更新后的第一SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the third message includes area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information. Since the first access network device or the access network device adjacent to the first access network device may change or update the area information corresponding to the configuration information of the SRS that is expected to be received, the positioning management network element can obtain the information through the third message. Area information corresponding to the updated first SRS configuration information.
可选地,本申请实施例中,第三消息可以包括第一SRS配置信息以及与第一SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the third message may include the first SRS configuration information and the area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
可选地,本申请实施例中,步骤S709-S711可以在步骤S701之前或之后执行,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, steps S709-S711 may be executed before or after step S701, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
由于本申请实施例中,posSIB中的第一SRS配置信息可以包括至少一个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息,即第一SRS配置可以包括第一接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息,或者还可以包括与该第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的SRS配置信息。进而,第一接入网设备广播posSIB之后,驻留第一接入网设备覆盖的小区的多个终端设备可以不需要专用信令,即可获取第一接入网设备的SRS配置信息,或者 还可以获取与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备的SRS配置信息,不仅可以节省信令开销,而且多个终端设备共享上行定位资源,可以提高上行定位网络资源的利用率。因此,基于本申请实施例提供的定位广播的配置方法,可以优化上行定位参考信号的配置流程以节省网络资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the first SRS configuration information in posSIB may include the configuration information of the SRS that at least one access network device expects to receive, that is, the first SRS configuration may include the SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device. , or may also include SRS configuration information corresponding to an access network device adjacent to the first access network device. Furthermore, after the first access network device broadcasts posSIB, multiple terminal devices camping in the cell covered by the first access network device can obtain the SRS configuration information of the first access network device without requiring dedicated signaling, or The SRS configuration information of the access network device adjacent to the first access network device can also be obtained, which not only saves signaling overhead, but also allows multiple terminal devices to share uplink positioning resources, which can improve the utilization of uplink positioning network resources. Therefore, based on the positioning broadcast configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration process of the uplink positioning reference signal can be optimized to save network resources.
其中,上述步骤S709至S711中的定位管理网元的动作可以由图6所示的通信装置600中的处理器601调用存储器602中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行,上述步骤S709至S711中的第一接入网设备的动作可以由图6所示的通信装置600中的处理器601调用存储器602中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。Among them, the actions of locating the management network element in the above steps S709 to S711 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device to execute the above steps S709 to S711. The action of the first access network device in S711 can be executed by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 by calling the application code stored in the memory 602 to instruct the network device to execute. This embodiment does not impose any restrictions on this. .
可以理解的是,以上各个实施例中,由定位管理网元实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于该定位管理网元的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件)实现。由第一接入网设备实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于该第一接入网设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件)实现。It can be understood that in the above embodiments, the methods and/or steps implemented by the positioning management network element can also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, and logic modules) that can be used in the positioning management network element. , or software) implementation. The methods and/or steps implemented by the first access network device may also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software) available for the first access network device.
上述主要对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请还提供了通信装置,该通信装置用于实现上述方法实施例中的各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的定位管理网元,或者包含定位管理网元的装置,或者为可用于定位管理网元的部件,例如芯片或芯片系统。或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第一接入网设备,或者包含第一接入网设备的装置,或者为可用于第一接入网设备的部件,例如芯片或芯片系统。The above mainly introduces the solutions provided by this application. Correspondingly, this application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement various methods in the above method embodiments. The communication device may be the positioning management network element in the above method embodiment, or a device including the positioning management network element, or a component that can be used for the positioning management network element, such as a chip or a chip system. Alternatively, the communication device may be the first access network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the first access network device, or a component that can be used in the first access network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
可以理解的是,该通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, the communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function. Persons skilled in the art should easily realize that, with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法实施例对通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。Embodiments of the present application can divide the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments. For example, functional modules can be divided into corresponding functional modules, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的定位管理网元为例,图12示出了一种定位管理网元1200的结构示意图。该定位管理网元1200包括处理模块1201和收发模块1202。Taking the communication device as the positioning management network element in the above method embodiment as an example, FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a positioning management network element 1200. The positioning management network element 1200 includes a processing module 1201 and a transceiver module 1202.
在一些实施例中,该定位管理网元1200还可以包括存储模块(图12中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the positioning management network element 1200 may also include a storage module (not shown in Figure 12) for storing program instructions and data.
在一些实施例中,处理模块1201,用于生成posSIB。收发模块1202,用于向第一接入网设备发送第一消息。其中,第一消息包括posSIB,该第一消息用于指示第一接入网设备发送posSIB,其中,该posSIB包括第一接入网设备对应的第一SRS配置信息,该第一SRS配置信息包括候选SRS配置信息中的一个或多个SRS配置信息,该候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的 配置信息,第一接入网设备为在至少一个接入网设备中确定的接入网设备。In some embodiments, the processing module 1201 is used to generate posSIB. The transceiving module 1202 is configured to send the first message to the first access network device. The first message includes posSIB, and the first message is used to instruct the first access network device to send posSIB, where the posSIB includes first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, and the first SRS configuration information includes One or more SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information, the candidate SRS configuration information includes the SRS that each access network device in at least one access network device expects to receive. Configuration information, the first access network device is an access network device determined among at least one access network device.
在一些实施例中,posSIB还包括以下一项或多项:与第一SRS配置信息对应的物理小区标识PCI、与第一SRS配置信息对应的全球小区识别码CGI、与第一SRS配置信息对应的绝对无线频率信道编号ARFCN、与第一SRS配置信息对应的单频网络SFN初始化时间、与第一SRS配置信息对应的同步信号/物理层广播信道块SSB配置、与第一SRS配置信息对应的空间方向信息、与第一SRS配置信息对应的地理坐标、与第一SRS配置信息对应的传输接收点发射定时偏差组TRP TEG关联、与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP类型、或者与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP波束天线信息。In some embodiments, posSIB also includes one or more of the following: a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, a global cell identity CGI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and a physical cell identity corresponding to the first SRS configuration information. The absolute radio frequency channel number ARFCN, the single frequency network SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the synchronization signal/physical layer broadcast channel block SSB configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and the Spatial direction information, geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, transmission and reception point transmission timing deviation group TRP TEG association corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, or associated with the first SRS TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the configuration information.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1202还用于接收候选SRS配置信息,处理模块1201还用于在候选SRS配置信息中确定一个或多个SRS配置信息作为第一SRS配置信息。In some embodiments, the transceiving module 1202 is also configured to receive candidate SRS configuration information, and the processing module 1201 is further configured to determine one or more SRS configuration information as the first SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information.
在一些实施例中,候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望在至少一个小区或者至少一个频点或者至少一个地理区域下接收到的SRS的配置信息。In some embodiments, the candidate SRS configuration information includes configuration information of the SRS that each of the at least one access network device expects to receive in at least one cell or at least one frequency point or at least one geographical area.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1202还用于在向第一接入网设备发送第一消息之前,向第一接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息携带第一SRS配置信息,第二消息用于请求第一接入网设备根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。收发模块1202还用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第三消息,第三消息用于指示第一接入网设备支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。In some embodiments, the transceiving module 1202 is also configured to send a second message to the first access network device before sending the first message to the first access network device. The second message carries the first SRS configuration information. The message is used to request the first access network device to configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information. The transceiving module 1202 is also configured to receive a third message from the first access network device, where the third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1202还用于在向第一接入网设备发送第一消息之前,向第一接入网设备以及与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息携带第一SRS配置信息,第二消息用于请求第一接入网设备以及用于第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。收发模块1202还用于接收来自第一接入网设备以及与第一接入网相邻的接入网设备的第三消息,第三消息用于指示第一接入网设备以及与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。In some embodiments, the transceiving module 1202 is also configured to send a first message to the first access network device and access network devices adjacent to the first access network device before sending the first message to the first access network device. Two messages, the second message carries the first SRS configuration information, and the second message is used to request the first access network device and the access network devices adjacent to the first access network device to configure resources according to the first SRS configuration information. . The transceiver module 1202 is also configured to receive a third message from the first access network device and the access network device adjacent to the first access network. The third message is used to indicate the first access network device and the access network device adjacent to the first access network. The access network equipment adjacent to the network access device supports resource configuration based on the first SRS configuration information.
在一些实施例中,第三消息包括与第一SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。In some embodiments, the third message includes area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1202还用于在接收候选SRS配置之前,向至少一个接入网设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于请求至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。In some embodiments, the transceiving module 1202 is further configured to send a fourth message to at least one access network device before receiving the candidate SRS configuration. The fourth message is used to request each access network device in the at least one access network device. The configuration information of the SRS expected to be received.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1202还用于接收与候选SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。In some embodiments, the transceiving module 1202 is also configured to receive area information corresponding to the candidate SRS configuration information.
在一些实施例中,区域信息包括以下一项或多项信息:小区信息、频点信息或者地理区域信息。In some embodiments, the area information includes one or more of the following information: cell information, frequency point information, or geographical area information.
在一些实施例中,小区信息包括第一接入网设备对应的小区列表和/或与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的小区列表。In some embodiments, the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a cell list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
在本申请中,该定位管理网元1200以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定专用集成电路ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In this application, the positioning management network element 1200 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. A "module" here may refer to a specific application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a circuit, a processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
在一些实施例中,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到该定位管理网元 1200可以采用图6所示的通信装置600的形式。In some embodiments, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art can think of the positioning management network element 1200 may take the form of communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 .
作为一种示例,图12中的处理模块1201的功能/实现过程可以通过图6所示的通信装置600中的处理器601调用存储器602中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图12中的收发模块1202的功能/实现过程可以通过图6所示的通信装置600中的收发器603来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1201 in Figure 12 can be implemented by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 602. The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1202 in Figure 12 can be implemented by the transceiver 603 in the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 .
在一些实施例中,当图12中的定位管理网元1200是芯片或芯片系统时,收发模块1202的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现,处理模块1201的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。In some embodiments, when the positioning management network element 1200 in Figure 12 is a chip or chip system, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1202 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or chip system, and the processing module The function/implementation process of 1201 can be realized by the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or chip system.
由于本实施例提供的定位管理网元1200可执行上述定位广播的配置方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the positioning management network element 1200 provided in this embodiment can perform the above configuration method of positioning broadcast, the technical effects it can obtain can be referred to the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的第一接入网设备为例,图13示出了一种第一接入网设备1300的结构示意图。该第一接入网设备1300包括处理模块1301和收发模块1302。Taking the communication device as the first access network device in the above method embodiment as an example, FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of a first access network device 1300. The first access network device 1300 includes a processing module 1301 and a transceiver module 1302.
在一些实施例中,该第一接入网设备1300还可以包括存储模块(图13中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the first access network device 1300 may also include a storage module (not shown in Figure 13) for storing program instructions and data.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1302,也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块1302可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1302, which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement sending and/or receiving functions. The transceiver module 1302 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1302,可以包括接收模块和发送模块,分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由第一接入网设备执行的接收和发送类的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;处理模块1301,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由第一接入网设备执行的处理类(例如确定等)的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。例如:In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1302 may include a receiving module and a transmitting module, respectively configured to perform the receiving and transmitting steps performed by the first access network device in the above method embodiment, and/or to support this article. Other processes of the described technology; the processing module 1301 can be used to perform steps of the processing class (such as determination, etc.) performed by the first access network device in the above method embodiment, and/or to support the steps described herein Other processes of technology. For example:
收发模块1302,用于接收来自定位管理网元的第一消息。其中,第一消息包括posSIB。处理模块1301,用于根据第一消息发送posSIB。其中,posSIB包括第一接入网设备对应的第一SRS配置信息,第一SRS配置信息包括候选SRS配置信息中的一个或多个SRS配置信息,候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息,第一接入网设备为在至少一个接入网设备中确定的接入网设备。The transceiver module 1302 is configured to receive the first message from the positioning management network element. Among them, the first message includes posSIB. The processing module 1301 is configured to send posSIB according to the first message. Wherein, posSIB includes the first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, the first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information, and the candidate SRS configuration information includes at least one SRS configuration information in the access network device. Each access network device expects to receive the configuration information of the SRS, and the first access network device is an access network device determined in at least one access network device.
在一些实施例中,posSIB还包括以下一项或多项:与第一SRS配置信息对应的物理小区标识PCI、与第一SRS配置信息对应的全球小区识别码CGI、与第一SRS配置信息对应的绝对无线频率信道编号ARFCN、与第一SRS配置信息对应的单频网络SFN初始化时间、与第一SRS配置信息对应的同步信号/物理层广播信道块SSB配置、与第一SRS配置信息对应的空间方向信息、与第一SRS配置信息对应的地理坐标、与第一SRS配置信息对应的传输接收点发射定时偏差组TRP TEG关联、与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP类型、或者与第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP波束天线信息。In some embodiments, posSIB also includes one or more of the following: a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, a global cell identity CGI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and a physical cell identity corresponding to the first SRS configuration information. The absolute radio frequency channel number ARFCN, the single frequency network SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, the synchronization signal/physical layer broadcast channel block SSB configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, and the Spatial direction information, geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, transmission and reception point transmission timing deviation group TRP TEG association corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, or associated with the first SRS TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the configuration information.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1302还用于接收来自定位管理网元的第一消息之前,向定位管理网元发送第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。In some embodiments, the transceiving module 1302 is also configured to send the configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element before receiving the first message from the positioning management network element.
在一些实施例中,候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备 期望在至少一个小区或者至少一个频点或者至少一个地理区域下接收到的SRS的配置信息。In some embodiments, the candidate SRS configuration information includes each access network device in at least one access network device. It is expected that the configuration information of the SRS received in at least one cell or at least one frequency point or at least one geographical area.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1302还用于接收来自定位管理网元的第一消息之前,接收来自定位管理网元的第二消息,第二消息携带第一SRS配置信息。处理模块1301还用于确定支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。收发模块1302还用于向定位管理网元发送第三消息。其中,第三消息用于指示第一接入网设备支持根据第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。In some embodiments, the transceiving module 1302 is further configured to receive a second message from the positioning management network element before receiving the first message from the positioning management network element, where the second message carries the first SRS configuration information. The processing module 1301 is also configured to determine that resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information is supported. The transceiving module 1302 is also used to send a third message to the positioning management network element. The third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
在一些实施例中,第三消息包括与第一SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。In some embodiments, the third message includes area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1302还用于在向定位管理网元发送第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息之前,接收来自定位管理网元的第四消息。其中,第四消息用于请求第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。In some embodiments, the transceiving module 1302 is also configured to receive a fourth message from the positioning management network element before sending the configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element. The fourth message is used to request configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1302向定位管理网元发送与第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息对应的区域信息。In some embodiments, the transceiving module 1302 sends the area information corresponding to the configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element.
在一些实施例中,区域信息包括以下一项或多项:小区信息、频点信息或者地理区域信息。In some embodiments, the area information includes one or more of the following: cell information, frequency point information, or geographical area information.
在一些实施例中,小区信息包括第一接入网设备对应的小区列表和/或与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的小区列表。In some embodiments, the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a cell list corresponding to the access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。All relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be quoted from the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be described again here.
在本申请中,该第一接入网设备1300以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定专用集成电路ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In this application, the first access network device 1300 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. A "module" here may refer to a specific application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a circuit, a processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
在一些实施例中,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到该第一接入网设备1300可以采用图6所示的通信装置600的形式。In some embodiments, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art can imagine that the first access network device 1300 may take the form of the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 6 .
作为一种示例,图13中的处理模块1301的功能/实现过程可以通过图6所示的通信装置600中的处理器601调用存储器602中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图13中的收发模块1302的功能/实现过程可以通过图6所示的通信装置600的收发器603来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 in Figure 13 can be implemented by the processor 601 in the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 602. The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1302 in Figure 13 can be implemented by the transceiver 603 of the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 .
在一些实施例中,当图13中的第一接入网设备1300是芯片或芯片系统时,收发模块1302的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现,处理模块1301的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。In some embodiments, when the first access network device 1300 in Figure 13 is a chip or chip system, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1302 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or chip system, The function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 can be implemented by a processor (or processing circuit) of a chip or chip system.
由于本实施例提供的第一接入网设备1300可执行上述同步方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the first access network device 1300 provided in this embodiment can perform the above synchronization method, the technical effects it can obtain can be referred to the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
在一些实施例中,本申请所述的定位管理网元或第一接入网设备,还可以使用下述来实现:一个或多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)、控制器、状态机、门逻辑、分立硬件部件、任何其它适合的电路、或者能够执行本申请通篇所描述的各种功能的电路的任意组合。 In some embodiments, the positioning management network element or the first access network device described in this application can also be implemented using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), A programmable logic device (PLD), controller, state machine, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
在一些实施例中,本申请还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。In some embodiments, this application also provides a communication device, which includes a processor for implementing the method in any of the above method embodiments.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括存储器。该存储器,用于保存必要的计算机程序和数据。该计算机程序可以包括指令,处理器可以调用存储器中存储的计算机程序中的指令以指令该通信装置执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。当然,存储器也可以不在该通信装置中。As a possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a memory. This memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data. The computer program may include instructions, and the processor may call the instructions in the computer program stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to perform the method in any of the above method embodiments. Of course, the memory may not be in the communication device.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括接口电路,该接口电路为代码/数据读写接口电路,该接口电路用于接收计算机执行指令(计算机执行指令存储在存储器中,可能直接从存储器读取,或可能经过其他器件)并传输至该处理器。As another possible implementation, the communication device further includes an interface circuit, which is a code/data reading and writing interface circuit. The interface circuit is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in the memory and may be directly read from memory, or possibly through other devices) and transferred to the processor.
作为又一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括通信接口,该通信接口用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信。As yet another possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a communication interface, which is used to communicate with modules external to the communication device.
可以理解的是,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the communication device may be a chip or a chip system. When the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip or may include a chip and other discrete devices. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,该计算机程序或指令被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instructions are stored. When the computer program or instructions are executed by a computer, the functions of any of the above method embodiments are implemented.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。This application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
可以理解,本申请中描述的系统、装置和方法也可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。It can be understood that the systems, devices and methods described in this application can also be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Components shown as units may or may not be physical units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无 线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。本申请实施例中,计算机可以包括前面所述的装置。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Via wired (e.g. coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless Transmit to another website, computer, server or data center via wire (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or include one or more data storage devices such as servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (SSD)), etc. In this embodiment of the present application, the computer may include the aforementioned device.
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the present application has been described herein in connection with various embodiments, in practicing the claimed application, those skilled in the art will understand and understand by reviewing the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims. Other variations of the disclosed embodiments are implemented. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "an" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may perform several of the functions recited in the claims. The mere fact that certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims does not mean that a combination of these measures cannot be combined to advantageous effects.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Although the present application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it will be apparent that various modifications and combinations may be made without departing from the scope of the present application. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are intended to be merely illustrative of the application as defined by the appended claims and are to be construed to cover any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of the application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (29)

  1. 一种定位广播的配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A configuration method for positioning broadcast, which is characterized by including:
    定位管理网元生成定位系统信息块posSIB;The positioning management network element generates the positioning system information block posSIB;
    所述定位管理网元向第一接入网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述posSIB,所述第一消息用于指示所述第一接入网设备发送所述posSIB,其中,所述posSIB包括所述第一接入网设备对应的第一探测参考信号SRS配置信息,所述第一SRS配置信息包括候选SRS配置信息中的一个或多个SRS配置信息,所述候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息,所述第一接入网设备为在所述至少一个接入网设备中确定的接入网设备。The positioning management network element sends a first message to the first access network device, the first message includes the posSIB, and the first message is used to instruct the first access network device to send the posSIB, where , the posSIB includes the first sounding reference signal SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, the first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information, the candidate SRS The configuration information includes configuration information of the SRS that each access network device in the at least one access network device expects to receive, and the first access network device is the access network device determined in the at least one access network device. .
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述posSIB还包括以下一项或多项:与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的物理小区标识PCI、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的全球小区识别码CGI、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的绝对无线频率信道编号ARFCN、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的单频网络SFN初始化时间、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的同步信号/物理层广播信道块SSB配置、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的空间方向信息、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的地理坐标、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的传输接收点发射定时偏差组TRP TEG关联、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP类型、或者与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP波束天线信息。The method of claim 1, wherein the posSIB further includes one or more of the following: a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, Global cell identity CGI, absolute radio frequency channel number ARFCN corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, single frequency network SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, Synchronization signal/physical layer broadcast channel block SSB configuration, spatial direction information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, transmission and reception corresponding to the first SRS configuration information Point transmission timing offset group TRP TEG association, TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, or TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    所述定位管理网元接收所述候选SRS配置信息;The positioning management network element receives the candidate SRS configuration information;
    所述定位管理网元在所述候选SRS配置信息中确定一个或多个SRS配置信息作为所述第一SRS配置信息。The positioning management network element determines one or more SRS configuration information as the first SRS configuration information in the candidate SRS configuration information.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述候选SRS配置信息包括所述至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望在至少一个小区或者至少一个频点或者至少一个地理区域下接收到的SRS的配置信息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the candidate SRS configuration information includes that each access network device in the at least one access network device expects to operate in at least one cell or at least one frequency point. Or at least the configuration information of the SRS received in one geographical area.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述定位管理网元向所述第一接入网设备发送第一消息之前所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that, before the positioning management network element sends the first message to the first access network device, the method further includes:
    所述定位管理网元向所述第一接入网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息携带所述第一SRS配置信息,所述第二消息用于请求所述第一接入网设备根据所述第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置;The positioning management network element sends a second message to the first access network device, the second message carries the first SRS configuration information, and the second message is used to request the first access network device Perform resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information;
    所述定位管理网元接收来自所述第一接入网设备的第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示所述第一接入网设备支持根据所述第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置;The positioning management network element receives a third message from the first access network device, where the third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information;
    或者,所述定位管理网元向所述第一接入网设备以及与所述第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息携带所述第一SRS配置信息,所述第二消息用于请求所述第一接入网设备以及与所述第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备根据所述第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置;Alternatively, the positioning management network element sends a second message to the first access network device and an access network device adjacent to the first access network device, where the second message carries the first SRS. Configuration information, the second message is used to request the first access network device and the access network device adjacent to the first access network device to perform resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information;
    所述定位管理网元收来自所述第一接入网设备以及与所述第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备的第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示所述第一接入网设备以及与所述第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备根据所述第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。The positioning management network element receives a third message from the first access network device and an access network device adjacent to the first access network device, where the third message is used to indicate the first The access network device and the access network device adjacent to the first access network device perform resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三消息包括与所述第一SRS 配置信息对应的区域信息。The method according to claim 5, characterized in that the third message includes information related to the first SRS Regional information corresponding to the configuration information.
  7. 根据权利要求3-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述定位管理网元接收所述候选SRS配置之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3-6, characterized in that, before the positioning management network element receives the candidate SRS configuration, the method further includes:
    所述定位管理网元向所述至少一个接入网设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于请求所述至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。The positioning management network element sends a fourth message to the at least one access network device, where the fourth message is used to request the configuration of the SRS that each access network device in the at least one access network device expects to receive. information.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述定位管理网元接收与所述候选SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。The positioning management network element receives area information corresponding to the candidate SRS configuration information.
  9. 根据权利要求6-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述区域信息包括以下一项或多项信息:小区信息、频点信息或者地理区域信息。The method according to any one of claims 6 to 8, characterized in that the area information includes one or more of the following information: cell information, frequency point information or geographical area information.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述小区信息包括所述第一接入网设备对应的小区列表和/或与所述第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的小区列表。The method according to claim 9, wherein the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a corresponding list of access network devices adjacent to the first access network device. List of neighborhoods.
  11. 一种定位广播的配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A configuration method for positioning broadcast, which is characterized by including:
    第一接入网设备接收来自定位管理网元的第一消息,所述第一消息包括posSIB;The first access network device receives the first message from the positioning management network element, where the first message includes posSIB;
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第一消息发送所述posSIB,其中,所述posSIB包括所述第一接入网设备对应的第一SRS配置信息,所述第一SRS配置信息包括候选SRS配置信息中的一个或多个SRS配置信息,所述候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息,所述第一接入网设备为在所述至少一个接入网设备中确定的接入网设备。The first access network device sends the posSIB according to the first message, wherein the posSIB includes first SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, and the first SRS configuration information includes candidate One or more SRS configuration information in the SRS configuration information, the candidate SRS configuration information includes the SRS configuration information that each access network device in at least one access network device expects to receive, the first access network device It is an access network device determined among the at least one access network device.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述posSIB还包括以下一项或多项:与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的物理小区标识PCI、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的全球小区识别码CGI、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的绝对无线频率信道编号ARFCN、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的单频网络SFN初始化时间、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的同步信号/物理层广播信道块SSB配置、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的空间方向信息、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的地理坐标、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的传输接收点发射定时偏差组TRP TEG关联、与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP类型、或者与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的TRP波束天线信息。The method of claim 11, wherein the posSIB further includes one or more of the following: a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, a physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, Global cell identity CGI, absolute radio frequency channel number ARFCN corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, single frequency network SFN initialization time corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, Synchronization signal/physical layer broadcast channel block SSB configuration, spatial direction information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, geographical coordinates corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, transmission and reception corresponding to the first SRS configuration information Point transmission timing offset group TRP TEG association, TRP type corresponding to the first SRS configuration information, or TRP beam antenna information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述定位管理网元的第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11 or 12, characterized in that, before the first access network device receives the first message from the positioning management network element, the method further includes:
    所述第一接入网设备向所述定位管理网元发送所述第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。The first access network device sends the configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive to the positioning management network element.
  14. 根据权利要求11-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述候选SRS配置信息包括所述至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望在至少一个小区或者至少一个频点或者至少一个地理区域下接收到的SRS的配置信息。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, characterized in that the candidate SRS configuration information includes that each access network device in the at least one access network device expects to operate in at least one cell or at least one frequency point. Or at least the configuration information of the SRS received in one geographical area.
  15. 根据权利要求11-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述定位管理网元的第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, characterized in that, before the first access network device receives the first message from the positioning management network element, the method further includes:
    所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述定位管理网元的第二消息,所述第二消息携带 所述第一SRS配置信息;The first access network device receives a second message from the positioning management network element, the second message carries The first SRS configuration information;
    所述第一接入网设备确定支持根据所述第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置;The first access network device determines to support resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information;
    所述第一接入网设备向所述定位管理网元发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示所述第一接入网设备支持根据所述第一SRS配置信息进行资源配置。The first access network device sends a third message to the positioning management network element, where the third message is used to indicate that the first access network device supports resource configuration according to the first SRS configuration information.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三消息包括与所述第一SRS配置信息对应的区域信息。The method of claim 15, wherein the third message includes area information corresponding to the first SRS configuration information.
  17. 根据权利要求13-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一接入网设备向所述定位管理网元发送所述第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 16, characterized in that, when the first access network device sends to the positioning management network element the configuration of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive. Before the information, the method also includes:
    所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述定位管理网元的第四消息,所述第四消息用于请求所述第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息。The first access network device receives a fourth message from the positioning management network element, where the fourth message is used to request configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive.
  18. 根据权利要求11-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11-17, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一接入网设备向所述定位管理网元发送与所述第一接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息对应的区域信息。The first access network device sends, to the positioning management network element, area information corresponding to the configuration information of the SRS that the first access network device expects to receive.
  19. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述区域信息包括以下一项或多项:小区信息、频点信息或者地理区域信息。The method according to any one of claims 16 to 18, characterized in that the area information includes one or more of the following: cell information, frequency point information or geographical area information.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述小区信息包括所述第一接入网设备对应的小区列表和/或与所述第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备对应的小区列表。The method according to claim 19, characterized in that the cell information includes a cell list corresponding to the first access network device and/or a corresponding access network device adjacent to the first access network device. List of neighborhoods.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置用于执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的定位广播的配置方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device is configured to perform the positioning broadcast configuration method according to any one of claims 1-10.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置用于执行如权利要求11-20中任一项所述的定位广播的配置方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device is configured to perform the positioning broadcast configuration method according to any one of claims 11-20.
  23. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by including:
    处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合;a processor coupled to a memory;
    所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-20中任一项所述的定位广播的配置方法。The processor is configured to execute a computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the positioning broadcast configuration method according to any one of claims 1-20.
  24. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by including:
    处理器和接口电路;其中,Processor and interface circuit; where,
    所述接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器;The interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor;
    所述处理器用于运行所述代码指令以执行如权利要求1-20中任一项所述的定位广播的配置方法。The processor is configured to run the code instructions to perform the positioning broadcast configuration method according to any one of claims 1-20.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和收发器,所述收发器用于所述通信装置和其他通信装置之间进行信息交互,所述处理器执行程序指令,用以执行如权利要求1-20中任一项所述的定位广播的配置方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, the transceiver is used for information exchange between the communication device and other communication devices, and the processor executes program instructions to execute The configuration method of positioning broadcast according to any one of claims 1-20.
  26. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质包括计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-20中任一项所述的定位广播的配置方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium includes a computer program or instructions that, when the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the instructions in claims 1-20 The configuration method of positioning broadcast according to any one of the above.
  27. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序或 指令,当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-20中任一项所述的定位广播的配置方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes: a computer program or Instructions, when the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the positioning broadcast configuration method according to any one of claims 1-20.
  28. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    定位管理网元生成定位系统信息块posSIB;The positioning management network element generates the positioning system information block posSIB;
    所述定位管理网元向第一接入网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述posSIB,所述第一消息用于指示所述第一接入网设备发送所述posSIB;The positioning management network element sends a first message to the first access network device, the first message includes the posSIB, and the first message is used to instruct the first access network device to send the posSIB;
    所述第一接入设备接收来自所述定位管理网络的第一消息;The first access device receives a first message from the positioning management network;
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第一消息发送所述posSIB;The first access network device sends the posSIB according to the first message;
    其中,所述posSIB包括所述第一接入网设备对应的第一探测参考信号SRS配置信息,所述第一SRS配置信息包括候选SRS配置信息中的一个或多个SRS配置信息,所述候选SRS配置信息包括至少一个接入网设备中每个接入网设备期望接收到的SRS的配置信息,所述第一接入网设备为在所述至少一个接入网设备中确定的接入网设备。Wherein, the posSIB includes first sounding reference signal SRS configuration information corresponding to the first access network device, and the first SRS configuration information includes one or more SRS configuration information among candidate SRS configuration information, and the candidate The SRS configuration information includes the SRS configuration information that each access network device in the at least one access network device expects to receive, and the first access network device is the access network determined in the at least one access network device. equipment.
  29. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括:定位管理网元和第一接入网设备,其中,所述定位管理网元用于执行如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的定位广播的配置方法,所述第一接入网设备用于执行如权利要求11-20中任一项所述的定位广播的配置方法。 A communication system, characterized in that the communication system includes: a positioning management network element and a first access network device, wherein the positioning management network element is used to perform as described in any one of claims 1-10 The configuration method of positioning broadcast, the first access network device is configured to perform the configuration method of positioning broadcast according to any one of claims 11-20.
PCT/CN2023/100546 2022-06-17 2023-06-15 Positioning broadcast configuration method and communication apparatus WO2023241671A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210688881.5A CN117295018A (en) 2022-06-17 2022-06-17 Positioning broadcast configuration method and communication device
CN202210688881.5 2022-06-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023241671A1 true WO2023241671A1 (en) 2023-12-21

Family

ID=89192327

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/100546 WO2023241671A1 (en) 2022-06-17 2023-06-15 Positioning broadcast configuration method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117295018A (en)
WO (1) WO2023241671A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200267508A1 (en) * 2019-02-14 2020-08-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Systems and architectures for support of high-performance location in a next generation radio access network
CN112534877A (en) * 2018-08-08 2021-03-19 高通股份有限公司 Validity time and change notification for broadcast positioning assistance data
WO2022020059A1 (en) * 2020-07-23 2022-01-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Enable user equipment positioning through paging

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112534877A (en) * 2018-08-08 2021-03-19 高通股份有限公司 Validity time and change notification for broadcast positioning assistance data
US20200267508A1 (en) * 2019-02-14 2020-08-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Systems and architectures for support of high-performance location in a next generation radio access network
WO2022020059A1 (en) * 2020-07-23 2022-01-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Enable user equipment positioning through paging

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI: "(TP to BL CR for TS 38.473) Control and feedback procedure for Assistant information", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-203604, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. E-meeting; 20200601 - 20200612, 21 May 2020 (2020-05-21), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051887817 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117295018A (en) 2023-12-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022012549A1 (en) Positioning signal sending method and apparatus
EP3381234B1 (en) Position-pair-dependent interference and traffic pattern database
WO2021196099A1 (en) Terminal positioning method and apparatus
US20210255271A1 (en) User equipment in wireless communication system, electronic device, method and storage medium
US20230337176A1 (en) Uplink positioning method and communication apparatus
WO2022141219A1 (en) Positioning method and related apparatus
WO2022077387A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN115053584A (en) Relative transmission spot beam configuration information
CN116671201A (en) Method and related device for configuring uplink reference signal resource
US20230126999A1 (en) Method for wireless communication and network device
US20230042138A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sidelink positioning in wireless communication system
WO2020037660A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2023241671A1 (en) Positioning broadcast configuration method and communication apparatus
WO2022198432A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2022087993A1 (en) Data transmission method and related apparatus
CN110933607B (en) Method, device and equipment for transmitting positioning information
WO2024082849A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023143114A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20230403532A1 (en) Dynamic tracing in wireless communication networks
WO2023087262A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022198433A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2022228018A1 (en) Beam management method and apparatus
WO2022062823A1 (en) Beam management method, apparatus, and system
WO2023130992A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022006827A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23823237

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1